《School Time- The Beginning》 Chapter 1 Intro Characters+ Epilogue Chapter 1- Intro Characters + Epilogue We see a boy putting a camera to record a Vlog, he is in the music room and then he starts playing the piano, he then gets up and takes the camera and introduces himself: -Hi, I''m Luan, I will be turning 15 in a few days, me and my mom Ana decided to return to Rivercity about 1 year ago, because I received an invitation to come and study at ST High School is a renowned school and belongs to the Becker Academy Group, they also have a University and University Hospital, both very prestigious and managed by Grandpa Han Becker, I''ll start by telling you a secret that will be revealed yet, so many people in this school do not know that I am one of Grandpa Han''s grandchildren, Many things have happened during this 1 year, and especially these last weeks, they have been full of events, I am still dealing with the situation, I have a mission now, so I hope you can accompany me on it, this city seems normal with normal people, but not everything is what it seems, so Be very welcome! He opens the door and walks out of the music room and starts introducing the school. - Today is a Monday, and we will start the vlog by introducing the school, it is a very large school. He walks through the hallway, enters the classroom there is his cousin Derick. Then Derick stops reading and frowns in disapproval. -What are you doing, Luan? -Ah, I''m recording a vlog! - Aff, what''s that for? Go record somewhere else, I''m reading! -Ok, ok. See you soon! *Intro: Derick he''s a bit short tempered, he''s going to be 16 soon too, so we study in different rooms. When I returned to Rivercity, it was a little difficult to socialize with him, he didn''t really seem to like me very much, and didn''t want me to become his companion in the Awakening Test, there was some resistance on his part, but we managed to understand each other, after a deep conversation, I explained my reasons for why I wanted to participate in the Awakening Test, and he explained his so we managed to understand each other, he is a little grouchy for his age, but deep down he is a good boy! Luan is now filming the main corridor of the school. There is a central area that is open and very breezy, so this is perfect for the warmer days. Luan is distracted filming when he bumps into two other students Mary and Kenji. **Mary is the President of the Student Guild, she was elected by the slate, since he did not want to take the position of President, and with much insistence on the part of Mary, Luan ended up as Vice President and Kenji as Secretary, as he is a very efficient and responsible person. Luan gives a smile and hides the camera covertly, exchanges a few words with Mary and Kenji, but Mary notices and asks: -Are you recording a Vlog Luan?! Again Luan, I told you not to keep recording around, soon there will be several students filming, it will become a mess! Luan retorts: -Oh, relax Mary, it''s just a short video, Wow but you look so beautiful today! Mary also retorts: - Don''t try to flatter me no, I already said that ,grrr, I won''t repeat it anymore! Kenji then laughs, fixes his glasses and speaks: -Good Luan, don''t forget we have a Student Guild meeting after lunch, and remember tomorrow we have rehearsal with our band, I''ll send a message in the group so that Derick and Theo don''t forget too, and on Friday we will have a performance. (Yes they have a band, 4 in total, Luan on Keyboard-Vocals, Derick Guitar-Vocals and band leader, Kenji on Bass and Theo on Drums, it''s an alternative rock band). Then Mary stares at Luan and really thinks, where was she going with calling him to be Vice President, if he doesn''t even listen to what she says. Luan looks at Mary and says: Oh, what''s that on your forehead Mary? -What''s that? -Ohh, it''s a wrinkle! Haha -Luan, Oh, I feel like choking you sometimes! The other students who are arriving and passing through the corridor, don''t even care much because they know that Luan is a spontaneous person and is always joking, so they are already used to it, Kenji then pulls Mary to go and tidy up the meeting room, before she really chokes Luan in fact. Luan is then heading towards the school''s entrance hall to check if the students are in full uniform, he also crosses with Principal Han Becker, his grandfather they exchange a few more words, but as there are many students Luan refrains from talking to his grandfather at school, so later they will meet at the Training that is done at Grandpa Han''s house, every other day, so that there is no wear and tear and this somehow hinders the school performance of both Luan and Derick. Luan then prepares to close the door of the school entrance hall if there are 1 minutes left to beat the signal, two more students appear, Tommy and San, they point to the clock with 1 minute left, and imply that they can still enter, when Tommy then grumbles: -Hm, there is still 1 minute left, we can still enter, without the stressed Luan, getting on all our nerves! Luan ignores him and pretends he''s not even seeing him, he really doesn''t want to stress with someone today.Tommy doesn''t like being ignored and already starts to want to get in trouble: -Are you ignoring me? You... Luan then speaks: -You have 30 seconds to get in before I shut the door in your face. Tommy then gets even more angry, but is interrupted by the Coordinator who passes by at that moment, San pokes Tommy, as a sign that it is to be quiet and enter soon. The Coordinator is a very serious person, so usually people understand what her look means, she points to the clock and signals to Luan that it is time to close the door, Luan then pushes Tommy and San to enter and close the door.Tommy enters grumbling, but disguises it with the presence of the Coordinator, she then asks Luan to wait, possible late students and then go up to his classroom. Unauthorized tale usage: if you spot this story on Amazon, report the violation. ***Intro: Tommy is a student who tends to always be annoying and harassing students, so many end up being afraid of him, and has a rivalry with Luan, because when Luan started attending the school, he started confronting him after a few months of serious discussions with Luan, the last conversation they had seemed to have improved, but Tommy seems to be doing something wrong, and San is his best friend, he has a snobbish way, but he is the quietest, he is the tallest among them so he ends up passing an image of more imposing, his father is Chief of Police, so this makes him always get away with bullying reports. Luan then goes out the door of the Entrance Hall closes it and sits on the side wall, waiting for any more students to arrive late, he begins to film the entrance of the School, to finish his video, then he yawns from sleep, he seems very tired lately, he finishes his video and goes to the classroom next. All in class, the hours pass without any kind of problem until lunch, Luan will get the snacks, a juice for him and Derick before going to the meeting, they always have lunch together and almost always go to houses together, after all they are neighbors in the condominium where they live so because it is the same way, they also end up going together on the way to and from school almost every day. Luan arrives with the snacks he bought and says: Derick, since I can''t always buy snacks, tomorrow you buy them ok? Derick looks seriously at Luan and says: -...I always buy everything, it''s been a long time since you bought anything! Luan puts his hand in his pocket and says: -Oh, I know but I have little money, your allowance is much higher! -Why don''t you bring me two snacks then? Since you decided to pay today? ---Nham...nham...I only have a few coins left, so I can only buy one piece of gum! Note to author: Derick knows how hard Luan''s mom works to make ends meet, and she doesn''t make much money being a writer, Grandpa Han gave them a house to live in once they returned to RiverCity). Derick then eats his snack and then says goodbye: -I''m off to training, see if you can concentrate or else don''t even show up for me to train today! Luan nods and says: -Oh, how nervous...Oops I have a meeting in a little while at the Gremio, then I go to training! Luan finishes his quick snack, goes to brush his teeth and goes up to the meeting, everything goes well Luan finds it strange that no student has reported aggression, bullying lately, this was very recurrent a few months ago He leaves the Meeting and goes straight to Training at Grandpa Han''s house. He arrives at Grandpa Han''s house, and Grandma is taking care of the house plants, he hugs Grandma, goes in the training room, it is an old room with several walls as if one were a partition, it looks like a maze. Grandpa Han is next to Derick who is training with his bow and arrow. Grandpa Han sees him and says: Luan go warm up, your endurance training is 1 hour today, then do the hurdle jump! Luan confirms with his head, he does his warm-up, his face changes when he is concentrated, he finishes his run, then does tests of muscular endurance of flexion and extension of elbow and of sitting and standing, and finally arrives at the part of the jump in obstacles, but for some reason he seems dispersed at the moment, as if he were thinking about something, the test consists of jumping huge stones the test is to go up down running, the challenge is to break the time record, which by the way is from Derick. So Luan is trying to jump a higher wall, he jumps with determination, but arrives in the middle of it and falls. - Ouch...what a bummer! Grandpa Han and Derick watch from afar, he jumps and falls over the obstacles, it really is a real chaos, but what frustration, then Derick thinks: (...he would definitely die if the test was today...) Luan then gets up, gets ready again, but Derick jumps over the obstacles with absurd ease, and speaks: -What''s so hard about doing that Luan? Luan looks surprised and in awe. -Wow, you''re so good Derick ...wow....like you.....wow... Derick rolls his eyes and speaks: -..., get out of here, go home, and on Wednesday it will be 2 hours for you to reward what you did not do today! -At least it would have to be 5 hours right?! Luan looks incredulous: -"Oh, you want to kill me, huh? I''m leaving, bye! They retort together: -No you would kill yourself child...tsc tsc Derick wants to choke Luan, but struggles not to choke him. -We''re a team but I can''t always help you, especially if you''re distracted, you''ll die easily like that, and I''m not going to go after you, you can forget it, I''ll leave you there to manage on your own! So improve your focus and concentration, and I''m done talking to you for today! Then Grandpa Han calms him down: "Calm down Derick, the wake-up test is coming and he''s anxious, there are too many things going on in his head at the same time, it will all work out soon. ***Intro: Grandpa Han, is the director of ST High School and founder of the Becker Academy Group, he is the conjurer of Time Magician for over 70 years, magic allows him to live longer and another factor also helps him in this regard, he is a very powerful magician, but no longer works for OSD the Organization that controls all Rivercity, but Grandpa Han, is well respected for such. Arriving home, he sees the cat waiting at the window, it is Mr. Fluffy waiting at the window. Luan opens the door and Mr. Fluffy comes running and meowing.... -...meow...meow.... Then Luan takes him on his lap and strokes him. -Ow...you''re waiting for me to eat, right? Hm... you don''t like to eat alone, do you? I know, I know I don''t like it either, well let''s see what we''re going to eat today... He sees a note on the table. "Honey, mommy will be late again today for a book exhibition and I need to be there, so eat before me today." -...Oh...okay...I hope it''s a good exhibition, let''s see what I want to eat today.... Llamen, because I''m not inspired to cook today. Luan looks at the clock on the living room wall and it is already 4:50 pm. He goes to put the water to boil in the pot, but just then the doorbell rings, and it''s a delivery for Luan, so he quickly goes downstairs, picks up a small package. Luan signs for it and the delivery man makes a checklist on the delivery app. Luan goes up the stairs and back to the kitchen. -What will it be? He opens the sealed box, he looks at the sender it''s from Grandpa Han. -Oh...a box with a bow and a letter.... "Dear Luan. I am so happy that you have returned, and that our family is together again, even with the distance, my love and care will always be there. I know it is a new challenge for you, but we are very proud that you can represent our family." Then he opens the box, it''s a watch, but not just any watch. Luan takes out his notebook, opens it to the page that has a clock and it says Time Conjurer Clock. -Hm, it has a different design, this one in the notebook looks older, and this one is much more modern. I guess the Day of Awakening Test is finally near. Then he takes it out of the box and puts it on his arm. -"Oh, it''s very nice, let me see how it works. He takes a good look at the watch on his wrist, runs his finger across the screen and it lights up and the hands of the watch appear. -Oh, it''s on-....ok seems quite normal even... the watch reads 17:00. - According to Grandpa, the clock chooses its owner, and passed from generation to generation, but only one person can control it and a long time can pass without this artifact choosing it, the goal is to Control Time and use it to control and conjure a population of fugitive creatures, which are very common in this city, but not everyone can see them, only being descendants of these creatures. -You paid enough attention, right Fluffy?... he looks at the plant on the coffee table near the couch and remembers to water it, then he makes the llamem, he eats and remembers that he needs to finish a summary of the book, which was not long to go. -I forgot, I thought I had finished the summary.... And an hour passes, and the clock goes up and the timer starts. -Piii...pii...piii...17:01 -Hey, how did I set the timer? I don''t remember turning it on, where do I turn it off? -Oh, you have to swipe your finger again. He looks at Mr. Fluffy totally still, looking like a sphinx... -Fluffy...hey...buddy what''s up? Why are you staring at me? He gets very close to the cat''s face, and smiles... -Hey..... The cat blinks and paws Luan in the face. -Ouch Fluffy, what a fright... He looks at the flower vase on the table, with some petals fallen. -But what happened here? I just watered it... my mom bought it yesterday, what am I going to tell her? Then he looks at his watch. -Has time stopped? It can''t be, wait I remembered something... He picks up his notebook again and remembers making a remark about something. "If time is paused for a period longer than 1 hour, everything that is a living being, if it is touched before pausing time there will be a consequence and it will change its present, as soon as time resumes running at its normal time." he says. He looks at Mr. Fluffy startled, and hides his hands. -Oups, how careless of me! At the same time, Grandpa waits for Derick to pack his things and go home, but he notices something different in question, his pocket watch lights up and slowly goes out... He receives a message telling him: -Your delivery was successful. Then Grandma Han looks at his watch, he smiles and speaks: -Finally... we just need to make a few adjustments now. Chapter 2-A new opponent?! Luan ended up sleeping on the couch, he was so exhausted that he slept without even realize it. Moments later, he heard someone calling him, he slowly opens his eyes and notices that he is laying on the couch and is covered with a blanket. -Luan...Luan...you''re going to be late for school! Then he gets up quickly and speaks: -Oh, I didn''t even see mommy come yesterday...good morning Mom! -Good morning dear, are you okay? -You slept on the sofa. Luan looks at the clock on the wall. -Wow...I need to be quick! He changes, they have breakfast together and converse a bit, Luan pulls up the sleeve of his blouse and his mother Ana sees the watch he has and recognizes it, somehow: -Oh, is that watch for the Awakening Test? Luan remembers that he cannot take it off. -Yes, Mom, Grandpa Han sent it to me yesterday afternoon, the leader of the other team must have received it too! Ana looks at him with a slightly worried look and says: - Oh that''s right! There are 2 teams that did the tests, do you already know who the other team is? Luan replies: -No, I don''t know yet, but grandpa probably already knows who it is, I''ll ask! Ana wears a non-surprised face, - Hm... I wonder who it is, but please confirm it before I make my guesses, it''s better that way. Luan nodded and responded back, -Ok, well I''m a little anxious, did you also feel that way too mom? Ana replies: -Yes, a lot, and look, I was just the support! But try not to be so anxious any longer, you''re trying very hard, you know I didn''t want you to participate, either way, it''s your will that matters!". *Intro - Ana: Luan''s mother, she works as a writer in a publishing house, she is descended from a family of Magi, her parents were considered very powerful, but they had a sudden accident and ended up passing away, after a few years, Luan decided to do the test, even if it was against Ana''s will, so they ended up eventually returning to Rivercity. Luan glances desperately at his watch. -Oh Boy...I gotta run...see you later Mom, bye Mr. Fluffly, see you later! He quickly goes downstairs, looks at the front door but Derick isn''t there, so he rushes to the plaza because he knows Derick will be there waiting for him. He spots Derick carrying his bag with and his guitar, then he realizes that today is the band''s meeting. -Good morning Derick! -Shhh. Good morning sleeping beauty, what took you so long? I really dislike waiting. By the way, why didn''t you answer my texts yesterday? Luan is taken aback and answers: -Huh? Did you text me? I have not seen it, in fact I haven''t checked my cell phone so far... He picks up his cell phone, and looks at the texts one by one: Message: -Luan, do not forget the rehearsal tomorrow with the band. -?? -?? What the hell.... why are you not answering?" Luan picks up and replies to his message: -I ended up sleeping! And he takes the opportunity to send messages in the Student Guild group "Good morning to you all! May your day be glorious!" (emoticons flower, sun, books, happy face, etc.)" Derick''s cell phone vibrates, he looks at it and rolls his eyes and says: -No need to reply to the message, I''m right next to you ... Luan then smiles and says: -It''s just so you don''t feel like you are being ignored! XD Derick then finds Luan''s tiredness strange and says: -You''re very tired, I don''t understand why, you don''t do anything. Luan widens his eyes: -What do you mean I don''t do anything? Derick starts walking fast and leaves Luan talking to himself. -Hey, come back here... you gotta explain this to me, what do you mean by "I don''t do anything?"? Reading on Amazon or a pirate site? This novel is from Royal Road. Support the author by reading it there. Derick then arrives at the school a shortly before Luan, he passes the school entrance and greets Andrew while Kenji goes up to the classroom in a big hurry. Luan arrives wheezing and panting from all the running. Andrew and Kenji stare at him and ask: -Good morning Luan...is everything alright here? Luan places his hands on his knees and attempts to speak: -... good... day...yes, that guy ... that guy ...he, runs, he runs... very... fast... maybe I''ll catch him one day!!!! They both laugh and Luan doesn''t see Theo and asks about him: -Where''s Theo, Kenji? Kenji adjusts his glasses and replies: -Ah yes, he told me that he had to stay at his parents'' store. It seems that his sister was not doing very well. Andrew looks at him thoughtfully: -Hm, Olivia? Kenji nods and says: -Yes, it seems that it had to do with something that happened here at the school, and she didn''t do very well and ended up in the hospital. Luan listened worriedly and ran to get his phone from his backpack: -Strange Mary didn''t tell me anything... let me see...". He picks up his phone to have a look, and he realizes that Mary''s messages were unread as well. -Damnnn... I didn''t notice Mary''s messages! Everyone looks astonished, and Andrew speaks: -Oups... I think it''s a good idea to pre-order your coffin right away....haha. Then Luan gets pensive: (I need to find out what actually happened to Olivia, I''ll talk to Mary. I already sent a message to Theo, I will wait for him to answer now, the weird thing is that there is no message from Theo to me?) Luan then freshens himself up: -...Damn why did I end up sleeping like that out of nowhere.... Everyone goes up to the classroom, Luan sees Mary is collecting the summaries and the book to deliver them to Professor Clara of Literature. Luan delivers the summary and then tries to talk to Mary, but she ignored him. -Good morning Mary.... She turns her back on him. Luan insists on helping Mary. -...I... I''ll help you. Mary stops him: -No need. Then Luan takes the books from her hand, while she takes the summaries, and they go to the Teachers'' Room. On the way Luan tries to explain himself. -Look, Mary I didn''t see your message, but it wasn''t by accident, I wasn''t ignoring you, I just ended up sleeping out of nowhere and only woke up the next day, and for total lack of attention, I sent a message in the group first because I''m so used to sending messages... I''m sorry, I''ll be more careful next time, but not even Theo sent me a message ... I''m worried now ... Mary stops midway, sighing to then turn over to Luan, looking at another teacher who is standing there in the corridor: -There will be no next time! I''m going to ask for your annulment as vice president of the Student Guild, it was a total disregard for what you did! -Wait, what? What do you mean Mary... you misunderstood me... Luan doesn''t understand, he is trying to decipher why she is talking and looking at someone else. And the teacher is watching and listening to them, possibly eavesdropping, so she takes her cell phone out of her pockets and goes off in another direction. Then Professor Clara hears something, and comes to see what''s going on. -What''s going on here? Put the summaries on my desk, and come back soon before the Coordinator sees them, you''re missing the class. **Intro Professor Clara: The Literature Teacher, she is usually calm and always tries to help the students in some way, or another. Luan apologizes to Mary and says that this will not happen again, at that moment the signal of the Interval rang and Luan leaves towards the corridor of the Directorate, to go to the Terrace, he likes to stay there when he needs to think about something. After he had done that, Luan then sat and leaned against the wall of the terrace and reflected: - What''s going on with Mary these days? We used to disagree over the music room in the beginning, but we managed to make a schedule for using the room, good as it is, I''m feeling so bad, how could I not see the message and help my friend? He didn''t answer me... he must be angry with me. At this instant he received a direct message from Theo. Message: T-Hello Luan, we are fine, don''t worry, I just didn''t want you to get overwhelmed, I know you and Derick have been very busy lately. L-No, you won''t overwhelm us, Derick is the best, he will do that Test with his eyes closed, he is really very strong! L- Was it Tommy and San by any chance? T-No, it wasn''t them this time, they were girls! L -Hm...if it was Tommy, I''d have to talk to him again. I''m still not convinced that he''s quiet and doesn''t do anything. T- Well, Kenji told me that when he left the gym he saw Tommy with some guys, but they always disappear. Luan puts his hand to his chin and says: -That''s weird, we have to keep an eye on them, I haven''t had any reports lately at the guild, but I find it so weird, we have to keep an eye on them, you never know, and as for Olivia, I''ll think of something if she can talk to me or Mary. The 30 minute break is over and the bell rings and everyone goes to their classrooms. Classes go well and the bell rings for dismissal, the students who have activities and sports stay at school for lunch. Kenji, Derick and Luan eat lunch because they have band practice, and today they have to practice without drummer Theo. Luan takes a nap in the music room, the boys rest a little too, and soon they start to plug in their instruments, Kenji takes his bass, Derick is already strumming his guitar. And Luan, well, Luan is still sleeping. Then Kenji says: -I don''t understand how he can sleep so easily! Then Derick throws a pillow at Luan and Luan wakes up and gets up and says: -Han?han?....what was....what did I do? Then Derick says: -Luan, you slept too much, get your keyboard soon, it will delay us, we have other activities to do! Luan stands up quickly and says: -Okay sir...just 1 minute, 1 minute.... wait, a little more, just a little more.... Luan rolls up his shirt sleeve, then Derick sees his watch. Derick marvels and says: -Oh... did you get the watch? Why didn''t you say anything? Luan then looks at the watch and says: -Ah, it arrived yesterday afternoon, I even forgot about it, it''s so light I don''t feel it! The boys look wide-eyed and say: -Wow, it is so beautiful...is this the watch from the test? Luan confirms and says: -Yes, I have to get used to it until the test and finally find out if I can keep it! Derick remembers the strange feeling he had yesterday afternoon and noticed that Grandpa''s watch lit up for a few seconds and then went off. But he preferred not to ask until he said something about it. They rehearse, some songs they have to perform on Friday, as requested by the director, but Luan does not know that they will play at the party, at Derick''s request Mary did not say where the place would be where they would play with his band. They agree to rehearse again tomorrow and hope that Theo can be there. Derick goes to the bathroom and Luan is waiting for him near the tennis court, watching Lena and Bianca playing tennis. Look at Lena, I haven''t seen her for days. When he turns around, he sees Tommy and San. Then he thinks: (Crap, that''s what I needed for today...). Then Tommy stops him and says: -Hey Luan, snooping around? Luan replies: -Is that any of your business now? You decided to talk these days, you were so quiet. Tommy grits his teeth and says: -Grr...I hate that little smile of yours Luan.... He raises his hand and tries to grab Luan''s blazer. Suddenly Tommy is hit in the head with a tennis ball! Lena yells from the other side: -Oups, I got the side of the net mixed up! Tommy puts his hand on his head and yells: -Lenaaa!!! Then Lena comes closer and says - I warned you Tommy to stay away from Luan. -Luan looks at Lena without understanding anything... -Huh? And Lena continues to talk and points: -Otherwise, Tommy, the next ball will be down there, in the lowlands! She threatens Tommy with the tennis racket! Tommy is furious, and just as he is about to do so, he curses her. Two new boys appear. -Hey, you... Mark appears and next to him is Ren, so Mark speaks: -Tommy, be quiet! And Luan notices that he is also wearing his watch. Luan then thinks: (I wonder who he is? And the watch is the same as mine, so this is our opponent for the Awakening Test?) To be continued... Chapter 3- Meeting the other side. .. Tommy immediately lowers his head and apologizes to Mark -I''m sorry Boss, I got a little carried away. Mark then looks serious, and says: -I said no your boss. Let''s go, I have things to do yet, I''ve had enough of touring the school for today! Then Mark looks at Luan, and at his watch, but he doesn''t seem surprised to meet Luan, it seems that he already knew him. Lena then speaks: -Hey Mark, where''s your manners? This is Luan our vice president of the Student Guild, greet him, Luan this is the twonew students, Mark and Ren. Luan then greets them: -Hello, I hope you like the school here, welcome to ST High School, if you need anything come to our Student Guild. Mark then nods his head and thanks him. -Thanks. And just as Mark is turning to leave, Derick appears. Then Lena continues talking: -Hi Derick, you showed up at a good time, this is Derick the grandson of Principal Han, they are the two new students. Derick looks at Mark and the clock and says: -Ah, I know, I just found out today...welcome! Tommy, mumbles something to Mark, and they leave. **Intro: Mark lives in another country and has just returned to Rivercity to live with his father Mr. Scoot. Scoot they don''t have a good relationship with each other, he is a serious person, he doesn''t like to talk and interact with people, he has his reasons for that, but he is more open with his friend Ren who is training with him, Ren is also a quieter and more reserved person, but he knows how to be impactful with few words, he has good physical endurance and is great in combat, he is the strongest among them, he will be Mark''s partner in the Awakening Test. Luan then turns to Lena and says: -Wow, what a good aim you have! I can already compete with you Derick! Derick, nods admitting his good aim. Lena, smiles shyly and says: -Oh, I''m not that good, but thanks. Bianca then comes close and says: -Hey guys, I need Lena to practice with. Lena, forgot for a moment that she was training, says goodbye to the boys and goes back to training: -Oh, sorry Bianca I really forgot about our training, Ow Luan talked to me OMG, so cute!!! -Lena, you''re so funny haha **Intro: Lena is a very charismatic girl, she plays the flute and practices singing in her spare time with Mary, most of the time she is an athlete and plays tennis with Bianca, who is a very quiet person, but who likes gossip, so she is always aware of everything about the school. Luan and Derick then get rid of the girls, and decide to go to Grandpa Han''s house to ask some questions, Grandma as always brings tea to him and asks them to wait in the garden, Grandma Han comes right away and starts talking to the boys, Luan fills him with questions: -Who is the new student,this Mark? Is he our opponent from the other group? He''s got the same watch as mine... -Calm down Luan, one question at a time! Yes he will be the opponent of you two, he was out of the country and recently returned to Rivercity just like you, he is the son of Mr. Scoot, a long time opponent of our family he is a one...". Derick looks at Grandpa Han, waiting for him to complete his sentence: -one..? Luan then waits for Grandpa Han to answer, and speaks: - what? What is he? A gangster? A murderer? Justin, Derick''s father, appears smiling and interrupts them and replies: -He''s a...rock in the Becker family''s shoe! But it''s not so wrong to say gangster too hehe **Intro: Justin is the second son and the youngest of Grandpa Han, he is a doctor and Director of the University Hospital of the Becker Academy Group, he is usually more patient and very calm, a little opposite of his son Derick, but he has a good relationship between them, has a younger son and an older son, but mysteriously his older son disappeared. And he has been a Enchantment Hunter in the past along with his older brother. You could be reading stolen content. Head to Royal Road for the genuine story. Grandpa then scolds him: -Justin, don''t talk like that, you''ll scare the boys! Then he sits down in one of the armchairs, and with him is Ryan, Derick''s little brother, he is 3 years old. While Luan is distracted by Ryan, because he really loves children so he is distracted playing with Ryan, Derick asks Grandpa Han to continue talking, since Luan has deviated from the focus. Then Grandpa Han continues: -Well I will never deny a new student at school, no matter whose son he is, the boy doesn''t look so much like his father, he''s a good kid! And together there is Ren, son of an old friend of ours they make beautiful swords / daggers and are handmade, they are true works of art, that sword in the hall was a gift from him. Luan even distracted is paying attention, so he speaks: -Oh... that sword that Derick once picked up, and ran after me when we were little? Derick looks at Luan, wanting to grab him by the neck. Then Justin, starts laughing and says: -Wow Luan, do you remember that? What a scare that day! Haha Luan then gets pensive and says: -Yes,although I don''t remember many things when I was a 5 year old, this I remember, I still have some dreams...recurring that day.... Derick then says: -How I regret not hitting you that day.... Luan looks at Derick in amazement: -Derick how terrible, I thought you loved me! Derick then retorts: -I do, distantly. Luan also retorts: -You can''t live without me, I know! Then Luan goes to talk to Grandpa Han in private, to clear up some doubts and also try to find out who will be the Wizard Support of the other team, but Grandpa still does not know who it is, because at the last minute he hears a change of participant. Grandpa Han also talks privately with Derick. Then the boys go to train, and today the fight training, plus Luan''s endurance training, climbing the wall all over again. Luan is shocked at how much he has to train and says: -Hey, all this I think it was not an idea to come here today! Derick then says: -Get going, you''re too lazy lately! Get ready to train the time today, we have to do each stage of the test, in 20 min right? -Yes, as we always train to do everything in 20 minutes, since the Test has a maximum duration of 2 hours, and there are 4 stages, it will take us 1 hour and 20 minutes to complete, apart from the part that we will be separated and with possible unforeseen events, we have to meet in the 3rd stage in 1 hour! -It''s ok, then get ready for ...it... Derick tries to knock Luan down with a kick, but Luan dodges after all his Kung Fu is up to date! -Wow, you''re smart today huh Luan? -I''m good at fighting, when I want to be! -Hm, so you''ve been hiding your secrets from me? -Secrets? I don''t have secrets, I already told them that day when you decided to accept me as your partner in the test, remember? -Oh, I remember, but I feel like you''re still hiding something from me? And points to Luan''s watch, Luan consents and then speaks: -Ok, about that we will have to wait until the day of the Test, we need to pass the Test first! Derick nods, hinting that Luan is right. -Ok, let''s see if you''re really good at fighting.... And he kicks Luan again, while Luan tries to defend himself. -Oh, Derick I was kidding! They continue their training, meanwhile Grandma is with Ryan on her lap and talking to Justin: -These kids are growing up so fast! But they brighten up the house, I''m glad we have Luan around again. -Yes, Mom even Derick has changed somehow. -True dear, I''m happy, but I''m just missing Luke, so that my heart is finally warmed all over. Justin agrees and speaks: -Hum, me too, I miss him, but he shouldn''t miss me so much...he abandoned us for over 5 years.... Grandma retorts: -He didn''t abandon us dear, he needed time to heal and to redeem himself again, I am so looking forward to his return.... Justin then smiles and says: -Yes me too, how nice that they were able to come to an agreement. Grandma adds: -Yes, I understand, but now I''m worried about one detail, how Luan will react to his Father''s return, I''m thinking of some way they can connect again. Grandma also gets thoughtful and says: -I hope they can somehow, it''s a lot of years away from Luan, but don''t think too much dear, everything will work out in due time Your Father will make a notification in a few hours, he has already left everything prepared. Meanwhile, at Mr. Scoot''s house, there is a dinner party to celebrate Mark''s return, along with Mr. Scoot, Mark''s older brother, and Lena''s parents, as they are partners and very close friends. **Intro: Mr. Scoot, is a very ambitious and unscrupulous person, very influential in the business field, he is CEO of his company and has friendship with many influential people, and hates the Becker family, what he can do to hinder them he will do, whether for good or for evil, has a bad relationship with his son Mark, but in a way managed to persuade Mark to participate in the Test the Awakening. Lena is in the garden of the house and notices that Mark is leaving the Pool house and calls him to talk, Lena looks at the Tennis Court (they used to play together some years ago) -Hey Mark come here, did you move back into the Pool house? -...hm, hi Lena, yes it''s the best place in this house. Lena then says: -How about that, did you get around the school a lot? Mark replies: -Not much, I had other things to do. I didn''t have time to walk around. Lena then continues to try to make conversation: - Hmm...well you should be a little distracted, but I believe if you came back it wasn''t just to study, right? Mark replies: -Exactly, it wasn''t exactly to study.... Lena continues: -Then under the ball in Tommy''s face.... And then Mark cuts her off: -Lena...just don''t pry.... Lena is surprised and says: -What? Tommy''s almost always harassing someone, it was out of control until Luan arrived.... Mark interrupts her again: -You don''t have to tell me what happened, I know. Lena then frowns and says: -Tommy will listen to you, your father has been working as your father''s secretary for so long, and Tommy is always up to something. Mark frowns and finishes his dialog: -I''m not responsible for Tommy, I have nothing to do with his problems, I don''t want to talk about this subject, I have many other problems to worry about. He then becomes reflective: (I wouldn''t even want to have come back to this house in the first place.) And Lena stares and thinks. (Wow, he changed a lot, before he talked, what happened in that time for him to change so much?) Lena then goes to push him to play a game of tennis, while Lena''s parents see the two together and get all excited and say to Mr.Scoot Oh how lovely the two of them chatting they look so good together! He would be a good husband! (Yes, yes the two almost killing each other) Mr. Scoot is holding a glass of wine, gives a slight smile and says: -Hm...may be is a possibility, if it is for the good and the future of the company. Secretary Lee at that moment receives a message, and realizes that he needs to notify Mr. Scoot he comes close and bends down to speak: -Excuse me Mr.Scoot, I think you need to look at your cell phone, a notification just came in. "Intro: Secretary Lee, Mr. Scoot''s faithful assistant and Tommy''s father, as the secretary is very faithful, Mr. Scoot always authorizes him to cover up the disciplinary proceedings that Tommy responds to at school for harassment caused to students, making it difficult for the Student Council with the ST High School Board to resolve student lawsuits ¡° Mr. Scoot then looks away and looks at his cell phone, still maintaining his slight smile. He then reads a forwarded message. -''We inform you that Mr. Han Becker will be leaving his position as Principal at ST High School belonging to Gruop Academy Becker, thus assuming the position of Vice Principal, and appointing him as the new Principal Luke Becker . The formal party will be held on Friday at 19:00, the invitation will be sent out by tomorrow, with information about the venue. Mr. Scoot''s facial expression closes completely. (Luke Becker..Grrr) -Secretary Lee, let''s prepare a "welcome gift". ... Chapter 4- The welcome gift. Chapter 4- The welcome gift. Luan notices that he''s in a desert and that everything has a reddish tinge. He looks around and there''s only sand and rocks. Suddenly a little girl appears at his side and calls to him: -Come, come... come with me... Luan wonders who this child is, but for some reason goes after her. However, when he was close to reaching her hand, everything goes dark and he finds himself in elsewhere in a dark forest with lots of trees, he suddenly starts to feel a ringing in his ear, a loud ringing...piiii piiiiii... When he opens his eyes, right in front of him is a different "lifeform¡± that has no body, it looks like a spirit, but it''s totally dark, it approaches Luan, smiles and says: -Time to wake up again. It devours Luan taking over his body in a matter of seconds. Luan wakes up startled, placing his hand over his ear, -Oh, that dream again, and that buzzing sound is back again! Luan looks at the clock... there are no classes at school today, it''s the Teachers'' Meeting, but Luan has to go to Grandpa Han''s house early to practise, and they''ve also arranged to rehearse with the band at Derick''s house, he''s also waiting for Mary to check the facts with Katty, about what could really be going on, and she said that she''s taking action on Olivia''s case as well, that she''ll let him know soon. ... Message: -Good morning Mary, have you checked the information with Katty? -Yes, I am checking it right now and I''m also still sorting out Olivia''s stuff. As soon as I¡¯m done, I''ll let you know what we''re going to do. -Ok, let me know then. .... He arrives at Grandpa Han''s house.. But strangely enouse, his grandfather isn''t home, he''s sorting out some private matters, so they''ll have to train on their own, Derick takes over the training. The training is as hard as ever and they finish training almost, roughly 40 minutes after. Luan goes home to meet the boys first, Derick stays to finish packing up the equipment and then goes home too, Luna looks at her cell phone and sees a message from Kenji and Theo: ... Message: We''ll be waiting at the gate of Derick''s house to rehearse. ... Luan is arriving at the square and sees Lena, coming out of the grocery store, so he greets her, Lena sees him and gets all excited she knows that he lives nearby, and knows that in this square there are many machines with different drinks, so she decided to come and try, Luan then decides to go and help get some drinks for her, since it is a kind act. Luan decides to help her and gave out some drink suggestions to her, so he starts picking up different kinds and putting them in his bag and hands Lena a juice to try, they''re distracted for a few minutes, when Luan notices some strange people coming from one side of the square, soon enough, they would form a bit of a small crowd. They don''t look friendly at all.. Which then causes Luan to get pensive: The tale has been illicitly lifted; should you spot it on Amazon, report the violation. (Who could they be?...I don''t remember seeing them around here, and I feel they''re different..) Luan decides to get Lena out of the place and leave her safely, he turns to her and softly said that he has to go and rehearse with the boys, and asks if she wants to go along, Lena gets excited and agrees to go along, he then starts to hurry his steps, Lena understands that he is in a hurry and hurries too. They start to walk a bit fast, but Luan wants to get Lena out of that place as soon as possible. When they¡¯re getting close to the market on the corner of the square, one of the guys whistles and talks to Luan: -Fweet, hey kid, you''re wearing a blue sweater... Lena asks Luan if he knows them, Luan shakes his head and nervously said that he doesn''t know them, he points and asks Lena to follow him to the end of the street, and that if she needs to run she should run, she would follow that street to get to Theo and Kenji who are in front of Derick''s house waiting for them, Lena is a little reluctant to go, but Luan insists and rushes her to go, she then understands the situation and runs off to get help, Luan turns to them and says: -What? Are you talking to me? The guy smiles, cracks his knuckles and his neck and speaks: -Come on.... There are at least 10 guys standing all before him, so far. Luan looks at them as if he''s calculating something, he changes his countenance completely, he starts snapping his fingers too and says: - You can come and get me then! They all run after him, then Luan picks up the bicycle from the market and throws it at them. -You kid... how dare you! Finish him off! Luan doesn''t run because he''s afraid they might get close to Lena, so he initially holds them back, then bends down and prepares to try and knock down as many people as he can and thinks: (I can''t let them pass here, I don''t know if Lena is a good distance from here yet, and the boys must already be nearby, I can''t bring them into this!) Lena is super-fast, and runs out to ask for help. She knows they''ll be close by, she spots Kenji and Theo who are standing near the gate of a house, then she starts shouting from afar, they look to see who''s shouting in the middle of the street. They ask Lena to stay with the instruments, though she wants to go and help... but the two of them simply told her to stay and wait, Kenji picks up the microphone stand and they run off towards the square. Just then, Derick meets Andrew, on the way he had asked Andrew to come along to the rehearsal, so he could help with some Rap verses, Andrew is really good, while they are talking Derick senses something, and they start to hear some noises, so they hurry up and run off towards the square, during which Luan knocks several guys down, but they get up, they end up hitting Luan somehow, he ends up getting punched in the arm and leg to defend himself, but Luan manages to kick one off. But of course, another man catches him by the arm, and manages to punch Luan in the face, so Luan fights back and pushes him with his elbow, then Kenji and Theo arrive and get on top of the rest, it''s a huge mess out here! Theo and Kenji arrive in the square and rush over to Luan, Theo turns to Luan and says: -Luan, you''ve got all the fun to yourself, and you don''t even tell us?! Luan is surprised and worried at the same time: -Aii, well damn. I didn''t want to bring you into this, and these guys aren''t normal at all! Be careful! Then Kenji pats Luan on the back to reassure him that they''re not going down so easily, so they agree to each stay on one side, Kenji fights Kendo and Theo is training Boxing, they have a certain skill in fighting, so Kenji runs about and ends up hitting one of them in the legs with a rack, Theo punches one in the face, while Luan jumps on the other. Derick is very fast and very skillful, and as soon as they arrive in the square he''s already beating up two guys, Andrew kicks another, and when Luan turns back to look at Derick and Andrew, for a moment he''s distracted, someone comes and hits him with a brick on the right side of his head. Then Andrew shouts: -Luan look out...behind you! Luan dodges one, but the guy with the brick in his hand ends up hitting Luan in the head, making them both bleed a little, Luan tries to balance himself and not lose control so as not to fall, he puts his hand on his head and feels a ringing in his ear again, he then sees his blood on his hand, his vision becomes blurred and everything darkens, his countenance closes, and his eyes turn black and his pupils change color. He then puts on his hoodie, turns around, and goes over to the guy who hit him with the brick, he starts punching him violently, Derick finds Luan''s behavior strange and quickly grabs Luan''s arms and immobilizes him, Luan seems out of control so Derick continues to hold him tightly. Derick then asks: - Luan, what are you doing? Luan doesn''t answer, he seems to be out of his mind... ... Chapter 5- Welcome back. Did you know this story is from Royal Road? Read the official version for free and support the author. Chapter 6 - First day of suspension. Luan''s alarm goes off at 6:00 am, he immediately turns it off, then the alarm on his watch goes off, and he turns it off too: "I have to go to school! Oops, wait, I don''t have to, I''ve been suspended, I''ll sleep late then!!! Hehe." At 09:00, he starts to hear the doorbell ringing several times. ding dong ....ding dong.....ding dong.... "Ouch ...what''s that...? Who''s the idiot ringing the doorbell like that?!" "I''m not going to answer it. Then they give up and leave!" He waits a while, but they keep ringing the doorbell, and he gets up. He discreetly pulls back the curtain and looks out of the window; it''s Derick standing there. "Oof, it had to be..." He goes to the intercom and asks: "What? What do you want, there''s no school today!" Derick then gets angry and says: "Open the door, sleepyhead, before I kick it down!" What a stressed-out person! Derick then goes upstairs, sees Mr. Fluffly, strokes him and says: "Get ready soon, Grandpa wants to talk to us at 11:30! You have 15 minutes to change!" Luan retorts: "But I haven''t eaten, I''m having breakfast first!" Derick throws him a bag with a snack and a juice and says: "Here, eat on the way." "Okay, okay, I''m going..." Luan sees a paper note left by his mother on the table: "Darling, I guess you haven''t slept properly last night,so I left you sleeping. Have something to eat, and don''t go out for the night! I''ve already fed Fluffly, I''ll be home soon today, Love, Mom." After 30 minutes, they leave the house and head for Grandpa Han''s house. They pass the square and Luan looks to see if they''ve made too much of a mess there, and looks at the bicycle from the grocery store, it looks a bit crooked. "Oh, I forgot my bike, Mr. Edvan from the market, you''re going to kill me!" He goes into the market and talks to Mr. Edvan. Edvan, he ended up recognizing that it was Luan in the middle of that fight, and thought it best to call the police, Luan apologizes for what happened, and takes his bike to be fixed, on the way he leaves the bike at the bike shop to make a repair, the guy informs him that the bike will not be 100% good, and that the best alternative was to buy a new one, but for that, Luan will need more money, he will then wait for the man to send messages regarding the value of the repair, they leave the bike shop and continue towards Grandpa''s house. Derick then says to Luan: "What was that excuse you gave, that you fell off your bike dodging an old lady, Luan?" Luan then smiles and says: "There was no better excuse, apparently they didn''t know I was in the middle of that fight, phew!" Derick is sometimes perplexed by Luan''s level of acting, he would make a good actor. He then completes his sentence: "Well, when the police arrived you were wearing a hoodie and you were a bit out of it, apart from Mr. Edvan who was nearby, the other people probably didn''t recognize you." Luan stops, thinks and says: "Han? Me, out of my mind? Did I put the hood up?" "I don''t remember that, I don''t even know how we ended up at the police station!" Derick then retorts: "Wow, you''re so young, and you''re already suffering from memory loss!" Derick looks at Luan thoughtfully and worriedly, because he''s still learning how to deal with Luan''s attitude that day, it''s been a few months since the last time this happened, he''s still talking to Grandpa Han, because this is actually something that has haunted the Becker family over the years, and unfortunately it''s been passed down from generation to generation, just as it happened to Luke in the past, now it''s happening to Luan. Derick comes back from his thoughts and rushes Luan: "Go on, hurry up, we''ve got 20 minutes to get there! Have you ever thought about becoming the Time Conjurer? Everyone will die, how slow you are!" The genuine version of this novel can be found on another site. Support the author by reading it there. Luan stops walking and thinks: (Oh, I''d forgotten that, so he looks at his watch.) Derick doesn''t understand, he gets pretty serious and soon speaks: "What now, Luan?" Luan smiles and says: "Nothing, nothing, let''s go!" (Sorry Derick, but according to Grandpa, I''m forbidden to reveal anything related to Conjuring Time, at least for the time being). It''s 11:20 and they arrive at Grandpa Han''s house and wait in the living room while Grandma brings them some juice. Time passes, Luan looks at the clock and it''s 11:50, so Luan whispers to Derick. "Derick...hey....hey.." "Hm..?" "Wasn''t it supposed to be 11:30? Grandpa Han is late." Derick retorts: "No, he''s not late, he''s booked for 12.00 actually, but you''re so late, I thought we''d better get a move on!" Luan stares incredulously at Derick. "You woke me up at 9:00 am, when it was only 12:00 pm that you were supposed to come?" Luan grumbles: "Aww, I could have slept a few more hours..". Then Grandpa Han is standing there in the doorway, and I snicker. "Hum hum..." They get up and greet him. Then Grandma looks at his pocket watch and goes: "Now it''s 12:00, let''s talk outside in the garden." They sit in the armchairs and wait for Grandpa Han to say something. There is silence in the air. Then Derick whispers to Luan: Luan, say something, explain yourself. Then Grandpa Han sniffles again and says: "Um, I''m waiting for Luan..." Luan then says: "Ah, come on, Grandpa... you know us, we wouldn''t do anything wrong..." Grandpa Han cuts him off and says: "Hm, even when I close my eyes, what do they do inside the Guild? I wasn''t born yesterday, I know what you and Derick do there... it''s not that right!" Luan and Derick look at each other''s faces, and Luan whispers: "Derick, have you ever said anything about the Student Guild?" "No, never..." Grandpa then interrupts them and says: "Is there something going on out there?" Luan replies: "No, nothing Grandpa...hehe" Grandpa Han stares at them and says: "Luan and Derick, you need to be more careful, I''ve already told you that you can''t bring other people into your affairs! What are you going to do if you pass the Awakening Test? Han? Are you going to put people in danger?" Luan then says: "No, Grandpa! I really didn''t expect this to happen, I don''t know those guys, and unfortunately I ended up making a mistake by putting other people in the middle, but those guys didn''t look so normal." Grandpa then says: "If you realized they were different, that''s all the more reason not to involve other people in this! It''s essential that you look after everyone''s well-being! There''s only one week left until the Awakening Test, and you must avoid causing trouble." Luan understands, but retorts: "But Grandpa, Derick, Theo and Kenji aren''t ordinary, they''re just like us,and I always try not to involve them, but they''re stubborn." Derick looks at Luan and says: "Stubborn?" Luan continues: "Yes, you''re very stubborn, you don''t listen to me when I say I''m going to sort it out myself!" Derick then retorts: "Oh, then I''ll let you sort it out "on your own" next time!" Luan also retorts: "Yes, you can let me do it, I said I''ll do it!" Grandpa hisses again and says: "hum...hum, you two be quiet, and it was Luke''s wise decision to give you a suspension, I''m very lenient with you!" Grandma then sees that the mood is heavy, and interrupts them and calls them in for lunch, Grandpa Han tells them to take a break from lunch, and then go for a run for an hour, do 100 push-ups, and 20 laps in the pool, and also tells them to summarize a book and hand it in to him next week. Derick and Luan then look at each other and turn their faces away. Luan sits on a sofa and Derick on another. Then Derick goes to check his cell phone. He receives several messages from Mary: .... " Message: -Derick what happened to you, why were you suspended? -There''s a mess on the school blog, please don''t let Luan see! -Derick, give me an okay when you read the message.... " .... Derick, you go to the school blog and it''s full of posted messages and a photo of Luke talking to some boys and holding an envelope. And full of comments from the students: .... " Messages: -But what is this? - It looks like the new Headmaster! - What''s he doing? - I heard some guys beat up Luan! -What? How is that possible? -Yes, it looks like the new Director is involved and paid those guys in the photo to beat him up! -But why? But Luan is Vice-President of Gr¨ºmio, he always helps everyone! -Yes, he helps everyone! -You should know that it''s the other way around, that Luan threatens people and takes advantage of the students! -Oh, what do you mean? Is he a bully? -Yes, he''s the real bully of the school! -But wasn''t it Tommy and San who teased the students? -No, Luan always harassed Tommy and told him to do things! -Wow, poor guy, so he''s the victim! -OMG, so he deserved to be beaten! -Yes, he deserves it, he''s a faker then, but we finally found out! -He won''t be back for another day, let''s nail him to the wall! -You shouldn''t jump to conclusions, let''s wait first! -Yes, that''s a total lie they''re claiming! -This post will be deleted soon! So please stop creating false rumors! " ... Derick sighs impatiently, Luan then looks at him and thinks: (Are you still nervous? I was just joking!) And he gets up, leaves his cell phone on the coffee table and goes running. Derick looks around and deduces that he must not have accessed the blog, so he looks outside, comes back, picks up Luan''s cell phone, turns it off and hides it behind a vase of flowers, and Grandpa Han doesn''t let him in with his cell phone, so he puts his cell phone on the other side of the table and goes running too. Luan and Derick don''t speak to each other because they''re busy doing what Grandpa told them to do, so they run, do their 100 push-ups and get ready to swim. Luan then mutters to himself: (Damn, I''m a bit sore today, and that buzzing again...) Piiiii... They go into the pool and start doing laps, it starts to rain and the rain gets heavier and heavier, then Granny sees them in the pool, and shouts at them from the door, telling them to get out of the pool. "Kids, get out of the pool now! It''s raining and the rain is very heavy!" They hear Grandma shouting, and wonder if they should get out of the pool before Grandpa tells them to, but they prefer to obey and get out of the pool, and Grandma waits with the towels. Then they both say thank you. "Thank you for the towel, Grandpa!" She grumbles: "Are you crazy? Look how heavy the rain is, it''s dangerous! But it''s your grandfather who''s crazy, where''s his head at?" So they dry off and change, then Luan feels the ringing in his ear again, he puts his hand to his ear for a moment, Derick looks at him and thinks it''s strange. (Does he still feel pain? My father said he was fine with the tests...) Then he breaks the silence and says: "You all right, Luan?" Luan takes his hand away from his ear, disguises it and says: "Oh, yes, everything''s fine, there must have been water in my ear." Then they go back into the living room and Luan looks for his cell phone, while Derick looks the other way, then he looks at Derick and says: "Have you seen my cell phone? I swear I put it on the coffee table!" Derick pretends not to know anything and says: "You must have put it somewhere else... and forgotten about it as usual." Luan then thinks: "But I swear I put it here....what?" So Luan was looking for his cell phone like some silly roach, while Derick stood exactly where he''d hidden it and kept disguising himself so that Luan wouldn''t find it. Luan continues to look for his cell phone, Grandma gives him the idea of calling Luan''s cell phone, Derick calls (knowing that he hung up the phone himself), Grandma then asks the driver to take them home, while she and the maids help look for Luan''s cell phone. As they''re getting into the car, Derick notices another car coming and realizes that it''s Luke, so he pushes Luan into the car, to avoid any more confusion for the time being, and says: "Go on Luan, I''m getting wet!" And Luan kind of hits his head on the car door, and almost gets thrown in, and says: "Ouch! Derick, relax! Ouch, My head!" "How annoying, get going Luan, you lazy slowpoke!" ...To be continued. Chapter 7- Malicious Post. Luke gets out of the car with the umbrella and notices that it''s Derick, but the car is already in motion. He heads towards Grandpa Han''s house: "Hey, I''m home!" Grandma sees Luke and is very happy and tells him that the boys were there and that they would be meeting for a few more minutes. She gets a little upset and says that if she had known that Luke was coming, she would have made the boys wait. Luke laughs and says that the two of them probably wouldn''t have liked me meeting him today. Grandma then regrets it and remembers that Luke gave the boys suspension and that she thought it was a bit of an exaggeration, Luke agrees and explains that he needs to do this, and that he needs the two of them not to be at school, and that he needs time to find out whatever has happened, so Luke and Grandpa Han go to the office to talk in private, while Grandma asks the maids to help look for Luan''s phone. Luan and Derick are in the car and Luan remembers that he has to go to the bike shop, because the guy must have sent him a message, but he doesn''t have his cell phone, he gets out of the car and goes to talk to the guy at the bike shop, he tells him that he can fix it, but as he said before it won''t be 100%, and the service will cost 100.00, Luan is out of money at the moment and goes to the car to see if Derick has any money to lend, he knocks on the window Derick opens the window and Luan asks: "-Hey Derick, can you lend me 100.00? Derick looks at Luan and says: - What? Do I look like a bank? -Please, it''s just a loan and I''ll pay you back, okay? -That''ll be the last time I lend something to you, you hear me?" "ok ok, thanks!" Derick takes the receipt from Luan''s hand and keeps it in his pocket, so that one day Luan can pay him back. The man then gives Luan two days to get the bike ready so that he can pick it up. When Luan gets home, he sees that his mother has already arrived from work. Before his mother asks why he wasn''t at home, he explains that Grandpa Han called them to talk and they had to train. His mother asks why he''s wet and if he got himself wet because of the rain, Luan explains that he was in the swimming pool and that''s why he was wet, his mother then explains that she went to her school in the afternoon, but they said that the principal wasn''t there and that they couldn''t see her, but that she''ll go again tomorrow morning, and set up a tent there if necessary. "Don''t worry, Mom, I''ll sort it out. I need to leave quickly, I''m going to the grocery store, it''ll be quick! " Ana tries to hold him back, but Luan runs off and goes down to the garage to get his bike, and leaves to take it to Mr. Edvan at the grocery store. Derick looks out of the bedroom window and sees Luan with his bike in the rain and thinks: "What''s this crazy guy doing riding his bike in the rain?" He puts the receipt in his drawer, along with the others: "One more receipt, I really do look like a bank! " Luan leaves his bike with Mr. Edvan while it''s being repaired, when he''s halfway there, he hears a horn. He looks and notices that it''s Grandpa Han''s driver, so he stops and the driver hands Luan his cell phone and explains that it was behind a vase of flowers, Luan looks confused because he remembers putting it on the table and not behind a vase, he thanks him and goes home, while arriving home again, he takes a hot shower, while his cell phone charges because it was off and low on battery, before dinner he picks up his cell phone again and finds it strange that there are no messages for him, not even in the Student Guild group. "There''s only one message from the bike shop, there''s a missed call from Derick, and that''s it, that''s strange." He sits down for dinner and talks to his mother, Ana picks up her notebook and continues with writing her book, then Luan is stroking Mr. Fluffy while he watches the basketball game, he gets pensive and suddenly remembers to look at the school blog, which is something he usually does, he goes to his room to get his phone once again, and does the login. Enjoying the story? Show your support by reading it on the official site. the blog and sees the posts, he notices the photo, zooms in on it, and it appears to be Luke Becker in it, he reads the comments and says to himself: "What in the hell is this?" His mother freaks out and asks him if something has happened, he disguises it and ends up saying that it was nothing, he then takes a printout of the entire publication, he looks at his messages and contacts and gives up sending messages because due to everyone''s silence, he imagines that they could be hiding about, he looks at the clock it''s 21: 00, he then decides to call Grandpa Han, Grandpa answers surprised that Luan is calling, he asks if something has happened, but Luan reassures him and asks him to thank Grandma for finding and sending his cell phone, that they hid it, yes he is almost sure that Derick hid it, but he does not want to go into that now, he then corrects his sentence to " lost cell phone" and then says: "I''m going to choose tomorrow, so I ask you as Vice-Director to revoke my suspension for the second day, or else I''ll cancel my participation in the Awakening Test! " Grandpa almost chokes, and explains to Luan that he can''t cancel the Test now, Luan is just bluffing because he decided of his own free will to take the test, and he''s never used his position as the Headmaster''s grandson, but he couldn''t find any other way to be able to suspend it and go to the school to check what''s really going on, Grandpa still tries to explain that the clock is a magical artifact, so it''s probably already consuming Luan and Mark''s energy, so that the Portal is safe, until the new Elemental Hunter is chosen. Luan remains silent because he knows all this and he knows that he chose to take part in the Test of his own free will, but he wants to go to school anyway, he can''t think of any other way. Grandpa Han notices Luan''s desperation, and he knows that he will do everything he can to resolve this issue, just like every other time with Student Guild matters, Grandpa Han then reassures him and says that he will find a way to revoke the suspension, and that he can go to school tomorrow, so that he doesn''t cause any trouble or problems. Luan then calms down and thanks him. He tries to sleep, but the photo and the comments are weighing on his mind: "Someone is trying to screw me over, who could it be? And why? Why does he have that photo? What should I do? Who should I hit? No, it can''t be solved with violence, Luan, but I was suspended because of that fight! Yes, I was punched and kicked, but I wasn''t beaten up as much as they said, I was beaten up a lot more! How people can be influenced! Until yesterday they liked me! Did anyone defend me? No, there were few defending me, Oh... I try to help, but they don''t think twice about making a bad comment, so ungrateful! And my friends? All silent. Did they really think I wouldn''t find out? Haha trying to hide it from me? But what if they forgot about me? " And he covers his face with the blanket, trying to sleep, but throws the blanket up and continues to think: "...damn it...don''t think...don''t think...I don''t want to think about the PHOTO....but he wouldn''t hate me that much, right? Has all these years made him hate me? He doesn''t have that right! I might, but he doesn''t!" So he gets up, takes a drink of water, it''s still raining, he stares at the rain for a while, he looks at the clock and it''s 4:00 in the morning. "I haven''t even slept yet!" So he sits down on the sofa next to Mr. Fluffy, who is sleeping and ends up dozing off. Suddenly his alarm clock rings, it''s 6:00 a.m. Luan wakes up scared, he looks like a zombie, but he quickly gets ready, leaves a message for his mother, and leaves in a hurry. ... "Good morning Mom, I''m going to school early! Yes, I''ve been released from suspension, you don''t have to go to school! " ... Luan is the first to arrive at school, and he goes to the music room to play the piano, to see if he can calm down a bit. "I think I''ve caught a cold! " He plays for a while, and then he hears the 7:00 bell, when the students enter, so he goes downstairs and passes through the corridor, the students are still entering the classroom, and as soon as they see Luan passing by, they start whispering to each other: ... "-Is it Luan? But wasn''t he suspended? -What a nerve of him to come to school after being found out! -Looking at him, he looks like a real bully!" Luan pretends not to be listening, but it''s inevitable that he feels exactly the same way as when students come to report on bullying, so he goes into the classroom, puts his backpack on the chair and sits down. His classmates are surprised, and then start whispering again. "What''s he doing here, wasn''t he suspended? " ... Luan then walks quickly into his classroom, sits down and thinks: "This feeling again, it''s been a few years since I last experienced it, it was right after I lost my grandparents in that accident, I ended up getting out of the accident unharmed because my grandparents cast a protective spell, they were taking me somewhere that day, but I still haven''t managed to find out where and why, I''ve read all the magic books they had, It''s been 5 years studying and perfecting it, but I''ll only be able to find out when I join the DSO, but for now I have to resolve this matter in question, I need to find out who took the photo, and made the post, although I already imagine who it is, apparently the conversation didn''t solve it, so stubborn is he to abuse my patience, but I have to confirm that it really is who I think it is. " (Sucks, I really don''t like having to feel like that again, let alone that others might go through it, so be strong and don''t let that feeling take over you:) Luan sits still and thinks, while he looks at Mary and Kenji''s seat in the living room, but they''re not there, the break bell rings and Luan goes to the terrace, he definitely can''t concentrate, and the terrace is a good place to be when Luan needs to think about something. ... Chapter 8- True friends. Luan sees someone coming through the door, it''s Mary, she greets him and asks how he is: "Are you all right after that fight?" "Yes, and I didn''t get beaten up as much as they said!" "I know you didn''t, you''re tough! hehe " She''s really surprised that he came to school today, and confesses that they wanted to resolve the situation, before he found out, but there wasn''t time, because he ended up finding out about the post, unfortunately bad news travels faster than good news, and she felt annoyed that he had to go through this situation, since Luan has always done his best to help his classmates. Luan then asks why they weren''t in the classroom, Mary explains that she was with Derick, Kenji and Theo, trying to find out the author of the blog post, that they got some information, took a printout of everything and Theo checked some IPs, and have already deleted the post, because they couldn''t let that post grow and take on other proportions outside the Blog, and informed them that they are setting a trap to catch the culprit. Luan then thanks them, and hears someone else arriving on the terrace, and sees that it''s Derick, he looks at Luan in disbelief, he''s wondering how Luan managed to get his suspension lifted. "Honestly, how did you manage to come to school?" "Haha, I have my secrets Derick! It didn''t work that someone hid my cell phone! :P" Derick shrugs and thinks: (I should have taken it home, that fox is so cunning when he wants to be! I didn''t think they''d look for it and deliver it yesterday). "Are you feeling guilty, Derick, for not telling me anything? You''re so quiet." Derick comes to his senses and pretends he doesn''t know what Luan is talking about. Beeee And Luan remembers that he hasn''t even had breakfast yet. "Atchim, Oh I forgot to eat breakfast today.." As usual, Derick throws him a small bag with a snack and a juice, they go down to the living room and while Luan tries to eat quickly, Derick reminds him about the book he has to read and the summary Grandpa Han sent him: Unauthorized duplication: this narrative has been taken without consent. Report sightings. "You haven''t forgotten the summary, have you Luan? " "Summary?" "From the book Luan..." "What book?...Oh yes, the book Grandpa Han told me to read." Luan is heading towards his classroom, but decides to go to the school library. Meanwhile, Derick is going to his classroom, and he hears the students whispering, and Tommy is standing in the doorway, talking. "Oh, what''s Luan doing at school? I thought he''d be all broken up after the beating you took, haha." Derick listens and stands behind Tommy, then he retorts: "Can you get out of the door, or do I have to get you out Tommy? " Then Tommy turns around and is startled by Derick staring at him, Tommy swallows dryly, and walks away from the door, Derick spots Mark, he''s sitting at his desk, the two of them look at each other for a moment. Mark listens to Tommy''s conversation and thinks: (Hey, so Luan isn''t suspended anymore.) Luan has spent most of the lesson trying not to fall asleep, because if he did he''d go straight to the coordinator''s office, and it wouldn''t have been an advantage to go to school. He''s trying to read the book he got from the school library, he was in doubt about the title of the book, but as he was in a hurry he took what he thought it was, and he''s trying to read it undercover inside a textbook, as he''s in the chairs at the back of the room, it''s easier to disguise, but he''s feeling very sleepy: (What a boring book! I don''t understand why Grandpa gave me a poem book, and there''s still two more hours of class, this book isn''t helping much, Derick could summarize, I''d take his summary and summarize I''m good with words, Grandpa wouldn''t even notice, well I need to leave the room for a moment, or I''m really going to sleep!) History teacher Ian finishes explaining the content, and sits down at his desk while the students finish the exercises they''ve been given, then Luan gets up and goes over to his desk and asks if he needs him to get something, teacher Ian then remembers that he needs to pick up some activities that he left in the Teachers'' Lounge, and Luan volunteers to pick them up. Luan leaves the room, and is walking down the corridor when he catches sight of Headmaster Luke from a distance, and says to himself. ("What''s he doing here? Oh, I forgot, he''s the Headmaster now!") Luke sees someone passing in the corridor and goes after them, Luan quickly enters the corridor of the Teachers'' Room, Luke decides to go after him and goes in the same direction, at the same moment Luan notices that Luke is coming after him, he then quickly enters the Teachers'' Room, and crouches down to hide in one of the desks. Luke tries to find him. ("Where''s he been?") Luan crouches down in hiding, waiting for Luke to leave. (Phew, I nearly had a heart attack now! I need to avoid him for today, it''s not a good day to talk!) Luan feels his body go a bit limp, he can barely lift his arms straight, and he feels that ringing in his ear again. Piii "Oh, that sucks again, I need to take these activities to class!" But he can barely stand up, so he sits on the floor and waits a few moments until he can get up. Mary notices that Luan has left the room and hasn''t returned yet, so she asks Professor Ian for permission to go out and see what''s happened. Mary leaves the room and goes to the Teachers'' Lounge, and Luan is standing up trying to pick up the activities, but ends up knocking them over. "Luan... what''s taking so long?" "Hm? " She notices that he doesn''t look well and asks: "Is everything all right, Luan?" -Yes...Hm?... He doesn''t look well, he looks like he''s going to faint, his eyes start to close, so she tries to hold him, but he ends up fainting, and Mary puts her hand on his forehead and realizes that he has a fever. "Gee Luan, you''re so hot! Come on, let''s go to the infirmary!" ... Chapter 9 - Sleeping beauty, not asleep + Adult Epiloge It''s 3pm, and Luan finally wakes up, he opens his eyes and sees Derick sitting in the chair reading a book, and he realizes that he''s lying on the bed in the infirmary, Derick notices that he''s already awake and speaks: "It''s about time, the sleeping beauty has woken up!" Luan is then surprised: "How did I end up here, Derick?" "Like every other time Luan, the infirmary is one of the places you frequent the most!" Derick asks the school nurse to check how Luan is, she checks his temperature again, he''s fine, his fever is down by the hour, she asks him to wait and eat something, the nutritionist Jully (Derick''s mother), is arriving with a light diet. Jully arrives with a tray of toast, butter and acerola juice and says: "Hello kids! I''ve brought a light diet for Luan, he has to eat everything before he goes home, and when he gets home, eat properly." "Eat everything and you''ll go straight home, understand?! Grandpa''s driver will take you home, it''s still raining today!" Luan obeys and thanks his aunt, Derick just nods, because he''s writing the summary of the book while he waits for Luan to eat, Luan then asks if the summary refers to Grandpa Han''s book, and then complains: -Wow, have you read the book yet? I found it so boring! I didn''t understand why Grandpa chose a poem book. Then Derick stops writing, looks at him and asks: "Poem? Did you get the right book, Luan? " Luan is doubtful, and asks Derick to look in his backpack, then he takes the book and says: "Luan, it''s not that book!" Luan rolls his eyes, he looks at the two books, one is Tale of the Marquises, and the other is Tale of the Marys, then Luan says: "Oups, I got the story mixed up!" Mary then enters the infirmary, listens to the conversation and says: "Ah, it''s a good poetry book Luan!" They laugh at Luan, he finishes eating and starts to get ready to leave, Luan thanks Mary and apologizes. "All right Luan, but are you going to be able to perform today?" Unauthorized usage: this narrative is on Amazon without the author''s consent. Report any sightings. (Luan''s eyes widen again, yes he has totally lost track of time this week, (and yes it is already Friday!) Derick notices Luan''s desperation and reassures Mary: "Well, we''ve only rehearsed once this week, today Theo and Kenji rehearsed on their own, don''t worry, just improvise and play as usual." At Derick''s request, Mary doesn''t tell him that the performance is for the Headmaster''s Appointment Party and that the party and performance will be at Luke''s house, because they wanted Luan to rehearse without any worries, and not give up if he found out. Luke is on his way to the nurse''s, but he sees the boys leaving, so he tries to catch up with them, but he sees Grandpa Han''s driver waiting at the front door, so he sees that he''s going to take them, and he thinks: "Crap, I wasn''t going to this party, but now I am, and apparently we''re going to the same place, son, I''m going to get ready and I''ll see you at the party! " The boys are taken home, and when they arrive Derick hands them a folder with a summary of the book. "Take it, turn it around to summarize it your way, take the book and have a look too, you''re good at writing so try Grandpa Han''s luck not to find out." Luan''s eyes sparkle, he thanks him, and so everyone goes home, takes a shower and gets ready, Luan sees his cat waiting for him at the window, he goes into the house and cuddles him, he sees his mother in the living room, and is happy that she''s arrived early today, then his mother sees him and says: "Hey son! What happened this time? Go and have a bath, the school said you had a fever so I bought some medicine, I made some chicken soup, it''s very good to drink this soup when you have a cold!" "I''m fine Mom, I just have a cold, ok I''ll take a shower first." So they eat the soup and Luan takes his medicine, Mr. Fluffly has come to eat his ration too, meanwhile Ana washes the dishes, Luan tidies up his keyboard and his things for the presentation, while he checks Mary''s message with the address, he gets distracted for a moment looking at the screenshots of the blog post, when suddenly Ana sees the photo: "What the hell is that picture?" Luan then gets scared, but tries to explain without Ana getting too nervous, he says that he''s going to perform at such and such an address, Ana then recognizes the address, and looks at it Adult Epilogue: Luke sees them from the upstairs balcony, then Justin walks up to him and asks? "Hey, any progress with the kid?" Luke replies dejectedly: "None, every time I try to get close to him, something happens!" Justin pats him on the back and says: "I''ve already told you to give it time, but you have to win him back, but not with material things, like the piano you put in the living room!" "But he liked it, I saw his smile, he really liked it!" "Well, you like to show off, don''t you?" "What? I just have good taste!" Justin then said: "Well, try to get to the boy before the official presentation, so as not to scare him!" "I''ll try." Then Justin pulls him by the arm and says: "So let''s try it now!" Justin pushes him out until they reach the gazebo. Then they see the boy, and Justin keeps pulling Luke by the arm and says: "Hello kids! We''ve come to see if you need anything?" The boys stare at the two of them arm in arm, then Justin puts his hand on Luke''s shoulder and says: "This is Luke''s house, so you can ask him for anything you need!" Luan then looks up and greets them, a little awkwardly: "Hm, thanks... I just found out about this a few hours ago, because nobody tells me anything these days!" The boys disguise themselves, pretending that Luna isn''t talking to them, Derick then says: "Hello Uncle Luke, beautiful house, they love it!" The boys agree. Justin then asks: "Did you like the piano Luan? " Luan Luan replies a little awkwardly: "Oh yes, it''s beautiful!" Justin then continues: "Your father bought it especially for you! Isn''t that right, Luke?" Luan is surprised and even more embarrassed: "For me?" Luke confirms, and the boys aren''t surprised because they already know that Luke is Luan''s father, so Justin continues: "If you could play it for us today, we''d be very happy, Luan!" Luan still doesn''t like it, but replies: "Ok, no problem, anytime you want, just let me know." Justin then thanks him: "Thank you dear nephew! Now let''s not get in the way, okay? Call us if you need anything!" Justin then hugs Luke and walks off: "See, Luke? That''s how you do it!" "I know how you do it Justin, only... " Justin cuts him off: "I know, but someone has to take the first step, and you''re the father here, so you have to take the first step, he''s not going to get to you, it''s up to you to break the ice between you, you''ve always been cunning and good at winning people over, he''s a great kid, so go for it!". I''m Team Luke!" ..... Chapter 10 - Nomination Party It''s 8pm and the first guests are arriving, some of them parents, students, businessmen, politicians and quite a few journalists. Luke is welcoming them, he''s always very nice, Justin helps him too, they''re really happy to be together again. The boys are playing, the guests are chatting, drinking and eating and Luan looks at his watch and it''s already 8:30 p.m. He looks at his cell phone and sees a message from his mother, telling him that she''s already arrived at the party. Ana has indeed arrived at the party, and is looking for Luke, she sees him, and when a waiter passes by with a tray she takes a glass of champagne and drinks it all in one go, and heads towards Luke. "You''re not getting away from me today, Luke." Ana is walking towards Luke, when Justin sees her and goes to meet her, pulling her to go to the office and talk. Luke looks over to see Justin taking Ana to the office, and goes to follow, but Emily grabs him by the arm first. "Luke, where are you going? You have to stay here and welcome the guests." He gently releases her hand from his arm. "You can do that for me Emily, I''ll be right back." So he goes into the office and stands in the doorway, listening to Justin talking to Ana. Ana is very irritated by the whole situation, and Justin tries to calm her down, so Luke goes in with his best smile and just as he''s about to enter the office, someone interrupts him. It''s Mr. Scoot and his secretary who have arrived, along with Mark, Max (Mr. Scoot''s eldest son) and Tommy. The journalists are all excitedly taking photos, and he spots Luke and goes straight over to greet him. "Good evening Luke Becker..." Luke takes a deep breath. "Oh good evening, Mr. Scoot, long time no see! I bet you missed me?" Mr. Scoot gives a half-hearted smile. "I thought you weren''t coming back anymore Luke, it wasn''t nice there in the remote village." "Oh, it was very nice, but I know you missed me, so I came back, surprise" Then he walks away from Luke, and says to Secretary Lee "How I hate him, always arrogant, never loses his pose, one day I''m going to wipe that little smile off his face." Luan is looking for his mother while the band takes a break, he sees Ana and Justin leaving the office, she still looks a little annoyed because she hasn''t managed to talk to Luke yet, Luan calls her. "Mom, where were you? I''m looking for you." "Oh my darling son, I''m here, I''ve only just arrived!" Luan looks at his mother in a beautiful dress, and as always compliments her. "How beautiful you look! You''re such a work of art." "Oh dear, thank you, but you''re the beautiful one here." Grandpa Han and Grandma arrive at the party, go to Luan and his mother Ana, and ask Luan to go with them to Luke''s, because they''re going to make an announcement. "Come on...come on Luan, the day has come to tell everyone that we''re a family, so get ready, and give that beautiful smile as usual!" "Grandpa... but I''m not ready for this..." Grandpa pushes him closer to Luke, and they get close. Then Luke smiles at Luan, Luan still doesn''t like it but tries to smile back, Luke then taps his spoon on the champagne glass, calling all the partygoers, the boys from the band and other students who are present, everyone is in the room waiting for Luke''s pronouncement. "Attention, everyone, we have a big announcement to make." "Thank you all for your presence and for coming to see us, I have an important announcement to make with my family, and to introduce my much-loved son, Luan." Luan, not at all amused, has to step into the role of son, and he smiles, greeting everyone. Grandma Han is complete. "I''m immensely happy today, because I have my beloved family all together again, so call Justin and Derick over so they can all be close. The guests celebrate with claps, some surprised. Tommy stands there in disbelief and looks at Mark, who doesn''t seem surprised. "Why didn''t anyone tell me that Luan is the son of the Director and the grandson of the then ex-Director?" Mark laughs. "I let you bust your face alone Tommy, am I going to learn now? Haha." "Gee... you should have told me before Mark, I''m screwed now!" The photographers start taking pictures of the Becker family, asking for poses, and asking to take a picture of father and son together. Stolen from its rightful author, this tale is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings. "Oh please, a picture of father and son together!" Luan is a little lost, but he doesn''t lose his pose for the photos, so they both pose for the photographers. "Please come closer, give me a hug!" Luan thinks: (Oh, this day has really come...ok "happy family" photo) He keeps smiling for the cameras, and Luke is the same way, they don''t miss a photo. Ana is looking at the two of them, when July Derick''s mother arrives and makes a toast with her. "Hi Ana...one thing you can''t deny, these two are very similar!" Ana laughs. "Yeah, it''s not like they haven''t seen each other for years!" Justin asks Luan to come over and ask him a favor. "Luan, come here, it''s the last request I have for tonight, I promise." Luan then goes over to him, he turns to Luke and nudges him to make the request. "Luke, what were you going to ask Luan anyway?" "Oh...well,...I...would like you to debut the new piano, and play some Piano." Luan then agrees, and Luke tells the guests. "My dears, I''m going to ask for your attention once again ...my son Luan Becker, is going to play some more today, only piano now, I''ve ordered an exclusive Piano for him." So Luan gets ready and plays a part of a short, touching piece! Ana even gets emotional: "So beautiful." snif Clap, Clap The guests clap and cheer Luan on. "What a brilliant son you have Luke!" "Yes, this family, always talented!" Luan then asks to be excused because he''s feeling a bit tired. He goes towards his friends, who are sitting by the pool, there are Kenji, Theo, Mary, Lena, Andrew and Derick arrives later, when Luan is passing through the door between the living room and the pool, he bumps into Tommy. "Hey, Luan, so today is the day of revelations!" "I bet you''re going to hide behind Grandpa and Daddy now, aren''t you?" "Oh, no I never had to, now I won''t have to!" Luan ends up bumping into Tommy as he dodges him, Tommy gets angry and goes after Luan, he tries to push Luan, but Luan dodges and Tommy ends up falling into the pool! Splashh... "I hate you!" Mark then looks over, pretends he didn''t see and continues walking with Ren, while San tries to help him out of the pool, but Tommy is so desperate that he pulls San along. The boys and girls laugh, they can''t hide their delight at this scene. Other people go to help, and Tommy takes it and leaves the party very angry. Luan sits down next to his friends. "I didn''t do anything, you saw, didn''t you?" "No, you didn''t do anything, he fell by himself! Haha" Then Luke and Justin go over to the students and Luke tells them "Guys, we''ve come to tell you that we''re going camping this weekend, remember the message we sent out this week? We''ve already booked the place for this weekend, so don''t forget to take the items on the list in your backpacks, and wear comfortable clothes." Mary and Luan nod, but Luan looks doubtful. "Camp? What camp?" Derick pats Luan on the back. "That''s camping, they''ve already booked it, Luan." Mary looks at Luan and confirms. "Yes, a camp for just a few students, so we''ll help divide up the groups, right Luan?" Luan, still confused and surprised. (It''s my birthday tomorrow, I can''t remember the last time I went camping). Then he confirms. "Oh, yes, I''ll help, it would be great fun!" (I hope so.) Mary warns. "We''ll know the division of the groups first thing tomorrow." Everyone then gets excited. "That''s great! " "Let''s go camping!" "Wow, it''s been a long time since I''ve been camping!" Luan thinks to himself, his friends have kept a lot of things from him this week, or it''s him who hasn''t paid attention to the facts. (Why didn''t they tell me? Or is it me who can''t concentrate on anything other than the Test? I feel like I''m losing control of something...) Derick notices that Luan is airborne. (Luan is different from his usual self, so yes I think I was right to ask you to avoid certain subjects at the moment, our time of calm is running out, the Awakening test is in 5 days, and everything will probably get more intense from now on...) Adults Epilogue 2 -Chapter10 Nomination party Some of the guests are already leaving, and Luke is finally able to talk to Ana after overhearing Justin and Ana''s conversation earlier. Earlier: "Justin, I need to talk to Luke! I''ve been trying to talk to him for days, I even went to the school and he wouldn''t see me! I spent an hour there waiting, then the secretary came and said he couldn''t come to the phone, the other day he wasn''t there! I''ve been waiting there for an hour, and I have no rights, especially when it comes to my son!" Justin listens intently, then adjusts his glasses as he speaks. "I wasn''t aware of that part, but I know Luke, he would never stop seeing you or talk to you, that''s really strange!" "Don''t defend him Justin! I didn''t come here to make a fuss, I have class, he doesn''t have the slightest right to diss me, let alone my son!" "No, I''m not, calm down, I''m not taking away your reason in any way." "And he... gee, he''s coming back and he''s not even going to look for his son? I left with Luan, yes, I did, because I needed to, I couldn''t, but I had to...after what happened...I didn''t know what to do, my parents only did what they thought was right too! I didn''t even want to go back, but I''m here because Luan wanted to." What he heard made him think for the rest of the party, but he had a party in progress with lots of guests so he had to smile even if he didn''t want to, so he waited for a moment to call her to talk, he saw Ana standing against the wall waiting for the party to end, he called her and asked her to come to the office. "Anaa, good to see you, how are you?" She faces him. "Luke, did you decide to talk to me now? Aren''t you busy today? Don''t you want me to come back later?" Luke closes the office doors to give them more privacy, so there''s a silence in the air, then Luke begins to speak. "Well, about me not talking before, I just waited for the right moment, our last goodbye wasn''t the best, I know it was very hard for you, and I wasn''t angry that you took Luan away, I wish things had worked out, but I know it''s totally my fault, so I was wondering how I could make it right, but I can''t make up for the pain I caused you, and no I wasn''t aware that you went to school to look for me, I wasn''t busy and I didn''t ask to come back later, I would never ignore you or stop talking to you especially when it''s about something important and related to our son Luan. " Stolen from its original source, this story is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings. Ana listens attentively. "What about that photo Luke?" Luke is surprised that she found out about it. "It really is me in the photo." "But I wasn''t paying anyone to hit my son, that''s absurd! What I really did was go after the culprits and I ended up finding out that they received money, whoever took the photo was probably the one who hired them to do it, and they tried to use that against me and Luan. I could have finished them off right there, but I didn''t." Then Emily knocks on the door, she opens it and speaks. "Luke, the guests are waiting to say goodbye." Ana then stares at Emily and Luke together and thinks: (Hey, his secretary didn''t tell him about my visit, but I''m a student''s mother! She must know about Luan, right? Um, do they have a romantic relationship? But what have I got to do with it? I have nothing to do with my ex-husband, imagine... just because he''s still handsome, it seems like time hasn''t even passed for him... how can that be? Rumm no distractions Ana...) Then Ana goes out and speaks loudly: "I''m off Luke, you''re busy today too right! See you later darling." Luke then gets excited. "Darling? She said darling!" Luke then shoots back: "Are you going already? But where''s my hug?" Ana just looks serious and leaves. (He''s crazy, isn''t he? He disappears for years and then wants a hug? Haha...I''d like to throttle him, really). ... Chapter 11- Camp Day It''s Saturday morning and the children are waiting to get on the bus that will take them to the camp. A few students have only been chosen for the first stage of the camp, so that the rest of the students can come next time and if it''s really safe to do so, it''s a campsite very well known to Luke and Justin as they used to go there a lot a few years back. Luke brought his pet Rahman, a Siberian husky, and Justin brought Jeremy, his Golden Retriever, who also know the place well. The students were divided into groups and the first tasks were to set up the tents and find wood for the fire. There are some fixed tents that are already set up and an outdoor space to set up the other tents. The Student Guild divided them into 3 groups and each group was responsible for different activities: The groups were divided as follows: Luan''s group Mary''s group Kenji''s group -Andrew -Mark - Bianca -Ren - Katty -Charlie -Theo - Emily -San -Derick -Tommy -Olivia -Sophia Arriving at the campsite, it was decided that one group would set up the tents, another group would make the food, and the other would get wood for the campfire and barbecue. Physical education teacher Edy, history teacher Ian, teacher Clara and nutritionist July were also called. Kenji''s group would be responsible for setting up the tents, Mary''s group for the food, and Luan''s group for the firewood and general maintenance, but only Luan, Derick, Luke. Justin, because they know the place best and know where the firewood deposit is. Apparently everything seems to be fine. Luke came to check out the site a few days ago, but everything seemed normal. At the campsite, Mark and Lena are arguing about the tents. Lena says: "I don''t know if I''ll be able to sleep in the tent." Mark listens and retorts: "Lena, this is camping, we have to set up and sleep in tents, that''s the fun of it." Lena retorts: "Ah, but there are a lot of mosquitoes here!" Mark retorts: "When we were little we always pitched tents in the pool house, you always said you wanted to camp in the forest." Lena replies: "Oh, do you remember? I remember too, but here it''s different, there can be animals...ahhh.... makes me nervous just thinking about it..." Bianca is listening and says: "Lena, in that case you could ask Luan for help!...think about it that way..." Lena perks up: "That''s true, my friend, but I always show myself to be strong in front of him.... what he''ll think of me if I run from an animal..." When suddenly Lena starts to feel something in her hair and it goes down to her neck. "Ohh... God, get it away from me... get it away from me!" It''s Tommy who''s behind Lena, he''s put a leaf in her hair, Mark takes it out and shows her that it''s just a leaf. Tommy bursts out laughing and says: "So scared, where''s your bravery now Lena? Haha" Lena looks back, and shoots Tommy with her eyes: "Do you want to die today, Tommy?" She grabs a stick from the tent and runs after Tommy. Mark and so says: "Hey...we need this to set up the tents!" Lena runs off after Tommy and they run back and forth. Meanwhile, in the forest, the boys look at the place where the firewood is stored, then Luke says that they need to find a cave before they get the firewood. "Kids, since it''s now so easy to get the firewood, not like in the past when we had to search the forest for twigs and sticks, we need to take you Luan and Derick to see a cave, but like everyone else who visits, we only have access to part of it, and to go further into the cave, we need permission from the DSO." Unauthorized reproduction: this story has been taken without approval. Report sightings. The boys agree and set off on the trail that leads to the cave, arriving at the Cave of Hope. This cave has been visited for years by many family members who come and leave flowers and objects, these objects belong to people who have suddenly disappeared, some have been found over the years, but many have not yet been found, and the family members do not know exactly what happened to these people who disappear, even when they are found there is a certain secrecy about it, but legend has it that they were "stolen by escaped spirits", there are several drawings and signs. As soon as they arrive, they make a sign of respect. Luan is able to better analyze these "signs" because he has been studying his maternal grandparents'' books for a long time, and there is a certain different coloring in the room. Luan then asks: "Do you see that different coloring? Luke, Derick and Justin look at each other in confusion and say:" "No, do you see anything different apart from the yellow of these lights and candles?" Luke and Justin look at each other and whisper, then Luke says: "It must be what our father once said, that there are different colorings, they are blue when someone has been found, purple for those who haven''t, and red for those who have been totally lost, I remember when we were under the services of the DSO, Ana could see the coloring too." Justin then remembers: "Oh yes, I do remember, but Dad and Ana could never explain exactly what they saw..." Luke confirms: "Yes, they were full of secrets." Justin nods in confirmation. Then Luan looks at an item that catches his eye, it has a red tint, and he respectfully picks it up and analyzes it: "That shade, I remember reading about that part". He notices that only half of the item is a hair clip, and strangely has the feeling that he''s seen it before. ("This hair clip looks like I''ve seen it before, it has lots of little stones and it''s shaped like a simple bow, it may look ordinary, but for some reason it doesn''t look so ordinary.") Then Luan feels the ringing in his ear again... Piiii His eye changes shape, and his pupils change color, so he discreetly takes the loop and puts it in his pocket, without anyone noticing, and stands there... Derick thinks he''s too quiet and asks: "Luan, is everything all right in there?" Luan remains still for a few moments. His eyes darken and his pupils change color and shape, then he discreetly takes the clip and puts it in his pocket, without anyone noticing, and stands there. Derick thinks he''s too quiet and asks: "Luan, is everything all right in there?" Luan continues to stand there quietly for a few moments. Luan then turns to Derick, he looks normal again and says: "Yes, everything''s fine, I''m analyzing these items, probably if we pass the Awakening Test we''ll have to come here quite often." Derick then nods and says: "Yes, we''ll have to come often, but I feel a certain melancholy being in this cave. " Justin stares sadly at one item in particular, a guitar pick, and wonders: ("Will we ever get you back?") Luke then looks at Justin, and thinks it''s best to end the visit to the cave: "Well, it''s getting very late, we need to get the wood and light the fire and barbecue before it gets dark, otherwise it''ll take too long, so let''s go, let''s go..." Literally pushing Derick and Luan out of the cave and then pulling Justin out of the cave too, they head towards the place where they store the firewood. Luan senses a heavy atmosphere in the cave, and as he leaves he looks at Justin and the pick his uncle is staring at. ("A pick? Oh... I wonder if it belonged to Uncle Justin''s first son, who disappeared...) ... Chapter 12- One Night Camping -Part 1. Back at the camp, several tents are already set up, July Derick''s mother is sorting out some supplies in the main tent, but she''s worried because she remembered that they forgot the drinks at school, and since Justin and the others weren''t answering their cell phones, she asked Professor Edy to meet Ana, Luan''s mother, at the school, so they could bring them some. While she was waiting for Ana to arrive with the things, the girls were assembling the meat, chicken and vegetable skewers, as there are students who are vegan, and she was helping with the salads and other items to be prepared. She finally spots Justin, Luke, Derick and Luan coming back with the firewood, so she says: ¡°Wow, you guys took so long! I called you four so much!¡± Justin smiles and says: ¡° You called us? But there was nothing on my cell phone, did something happen?¡± And soon we hear the cell phones of the four of them receiving notifications of messages and calls. July knows Justin and Luke''s story from when they worked for the ODS, but for some reason Justin didn''t tell her about the cave in question, July explains everything that happened, and while they wait, they get things ready for the campfire, etc. After a while they see a car coming Prof. Edy gets out of the car, and Ana gets out with a box full of drinks in her hands, Luke immediately goes to help them, Ana at first refuses, but too late he has already taken the box from her hands, so she decides to take the boxes of marshmallows that are lighter, well everything is properly unloaded so Ana starts to arrange things in the fridge and in the cooler boxes. If you encounter this story on Amazon, note that it''s taken without permission from the author. Report it. Meanwhile, Mary''s group opens the boxes with the marshmallows and arranges the food and drinks in general. Ana feels a little uncomfortable and puts her hand on the side of her waist, Luke notices and goes over to her to get the coolers and take them to the picnic table before Ana takes them away. Ana brings over a cooler and inside is a birthday cake to celebrate Luan''s birthday. Luan then walks up to his mother and says: ¡°Mom, you can let us take it, just sit there and rest, you''ve been working since early this morning, I know new books have arrived and you probably wanted to put them away. ¡° Luan looks at Derick drinking water and says: ¡°Derick, why are you just standing there drinking water, come and help! ¡° ¡°What? Those boxes I brought here, are you saying I didn''t do anything? Is that what you''re saying? ¡° Luan then laughs: ¡°You see how bad it is, saying I don''t do anything, now you know how I feel when you say that all the time, hunf! ¡° Derick, already irritated, rolls his eyes and picks up Luan''s box: ¡°Irritant... go and get the rest of the stuff!¡± Luan stares and says: ¡°Hey, you''re annoyed... ok ok I''ll get the rest he he! ¡° Finally everyone is enjoying the evening at the campsite, they''re eating and chatting, Derick and Kenji have brought their guitars and are humming around the campfire, Theo is drumming on a pot and Luan is improvising a rattle. Then Luan starts telling them various stories from Brazilian folklore, and warns them to beware of Boitat¨¢, a fiery snake that protects the camp from people who try to set fire to it. He even reminds them to put out the fire before going to sleep. Theo went to get some more juice and soda, when he bumped into Tommy. (Damn, it had to be Tommy) Theo and Tommy stare at each other, and then Tommy says: ¡°Hey Theo, what a long time! Now you''re like a puppy chasing Luan? Ha h¨¢.¡± Theo stares at him and he''s much taller and stronger than Tommy, so he retorts: ¡°It''s better to follow him than you.... ¡° Kenji arrives just in time and interrupts him: -¡±Theo, don''t waste your time with him... Tommy then listens and teases Kenji: "I heard you, nerd, do you think I don''t know you''re following me?¡± Luan soon appears and breaks up the fight before it gets any worse. Tommy then continues: ¡°Oh, well, everyone''s hero has arrived, he can''t see a fight and he wants to get in where he''s not wanted!¡± .... Chapter 12- One Night Camping + B.Day -Part 2. The atmosphere becomes heavy as the boys stare at each other. Before Tommy can answer, Mark interrupts and pulls him by the arm, he says something in his ear, Tommy then shuts up, and makes a face like he doesn''t like it, but accepts what Mark says and they leave and go to the tables where the food and drinks are. Luan asks if everything is all right with Theo: ¡°Hey, are you all right? Is Tommy chasing you again?¡± Theo replies: ¡°I''m fine, he''s not chasing me anymore, but I''d really be cooler when I can finally smash his face in! I''m such an idiot to have been made a fool of by him! ¡° Luan puts his hand on Theo''s shoulder and says: ¡°Forget about it, don''t blame yourself, it''s over now, and I don''t want you to get your hands dirty with it, if one day I need to I''ll fix it myself.¡± Andrew arrives and joins the conversation: ¡°Hey Luan, I need to talk to you about something serious... ¡° Luan then shakes his hand. ¡°Hey Andrew, how''s my boy? ¡° Andrew immediately shoots back: ¡°I''m fine, but you know lately I''ve been noticing a student from our school who I''ve seen injured lately, I got to talking to him, but the student said he''d just fallen, and he''s been dodging me all day, so yesterday, as I know where he lives I decided to follow him and I saw this boy with boys from another school, and one of them caught my eye because he seemed to be one of those guys from the fight in the square. I took a photo, look.¡± The author''s narrative has been misappropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon. Then Luan and Theo look at the photo, at which point Derick arrives and also looks at the photo. Luan confirms and says: ¡°Yes, it looks like those guys, but I can''t remember all the faces.¡± Derick adds: ¡°Yes, it looks like them, I''ve already tracked some of them down, and they''re part of a gang, I''ve been following them for a few days.¡± Kenji looks at Andrew and the two then decides to appeal by saying: ¡°So, Kenji and I got some information, but I can only tell you if you put me, Kenji and Theo on it.¡± Luan and Derick look at each other''s faces, as if they were talking to each other telepathically. (¡°What do we do now, Derick?¡± ¡°I don''t know, knowing them the information is true and important! ¡° ¡°Yes, but we can''t get them involved in another fight!¡± ¡°Hm, yes, but we need the information.¡±) The boys stare at Derick and Luan, making faces at each other, and say: ¡°They must be communicating telepathically, as usual.¡± Luan sighs, and then Derick says: ¡°Ok, you can take part, but you have to tell us what you''ve discovered.¡± Andrew then explains that he heard them arranging a meeting for the 15th of this month, at 3pm, in the old shed near River and Kenji then confirms that he also saw these people arranging a meeting in the old shed and that Tommy was with them. He couldn''t hear the date, but it''s probably the same as Andrew said. Derick then gets pensive and says: ¡°Ok, the 15th is already next week, we need to find out what Tommy is up to this time.¡± Kenji comes up with the idea of getting Tommy''s cell phone and tracking him down, but it wouldn''t work at the camp, so they agree to get the cell phone on Monday at school and install a spy on his cell phone, which would be easier for Andrew and Derick, who are in the same class as Tommy. Luan is still reluctant to involve the boys in this, he keeps his hand to his face in concern. Then they all go back to singing by the fire. Kenji then calls them from afar to join in the campfire and eat roasted marshmallows. ¡°Hey, let''s roast marshmallows and we''ve got Luan''s birthday cake to eat yet! ¡° Derick nods and says: "Come on Luan, let''s eat the birthday cake your mother brought, don''t think any more.¡± Luan is feeling a bit sleepy, so he yawns and says: "I''ll be back in a little while, let the sleep pass.¡± Luan continues to sit and notices that it''s a bit chilly, so he gets up to go and warm himself by the fire. He puts his hand in the pocket of his shirt and notices that there''s something in the pocket: ¡°What''s that? A clip?¡± ¡°OMG, have I become a kleptomaniac? How did that get in my pocket? ¡° He tries to remember, and he remembers that he did indeed see this item in the cave, but he can''t remember how it ended up in his pocket, so he decides to put it away and try to remember about it. ¡° Well, I''ll save it for now, it sounds familiar somehow.¡± He walks over to the fire and sits down with the others while he listens to Derick and Kenji playing guitar and singing. The adults bring Luan''s birthday cake, they sing Happy Birthday and continue singing until late, but they are told to put out the fire and go to bed because they have to get up early for the Treasure Hunt. .... Chapter 13- A good or bad day for camping? Part 1 Everyone goes to their tents, as they will have to get up early to take part in the treasure hunt. It''s dawn and the students are woken up, many are sleepy, they have a short, light breakfast, as they''re going for an early walk. Mary asks everyone to take their backpacks and says: -Good morning everyone, don''t forget to take your water bottle in your backpack, because we need to hydrate ourselves and take your bars that our Nutritionist Jully has separated for each of you! And then get close to the groups that have already been formed, pay close attention to where you''re going, avoid making jokes so as not to hurt or disturb your classmate! Mary stares at Tommy, who is in her group, along with Mark, Katty and Emily, disturbing the others, and she gets upset right away: -"Tommy, are you listening to me? If you continue to crowd the others, I won''t allow you to come camping again. In fact, you only came because Mark said you''d behave, if you don''t behave, not even Mark will come next time, let alone coordinate a group! Tommy, reminding Mary, laughs: -You can''t do this, you can''t do that, blah blah blah.... Mark looks seriously at Tommy, then Tommy apologizes and shuts up. -Okay, okay, I''ll be quiet! The 3 groups get a map and everyone has to decipher the right places with the clues that lead to the treasure. The teachers have stayed at their bases where the clues will be. Kenji also knows the campsite a little, as he often comes with his father and the students from the Kendo Academy. In his group are Bianca, Charlie, San, Olivia and Ren. Only Ren and San know the location, the others don''t go camping very often. Luan has been awake for a long time, he''s had a nightmare again, he''s already with his group with Andrew, Lena, Theo and Derick, Luan is staring at a page in his notebook, something is written down, then Mary walks up to him and scares him. -What are you doing drawing a map of the place, Luan? Luan snaps back from his thoughts and quickly closes his notebook, this isn''t exactly what Luan had drawn, but he agrees. -Oh, yes it''s a map so I don''t get so lost, but it''s a good thing our group has Derick, he knows the place well! -Hm, I see, well next time we could arrange to go to the beach sometime, what do you think? Everyone likes the idea, so Luke tells the students that it''s time to start the Treasure Hunt, hands the compasses to the group leaders and says: -Good guys, Mary has already given everyone the instructions, so just make sure you''ve got all the necessary items, and let''s not go on any longer, otherwise it''s going to get very late, it''s now 8:00 am and everyone must get to X on the Map, you have until 1:00 pm, the route here isn''t that long, and always stay on the trails marked as safe, and on no account leave the Safe trails! The cell phone signal here is stable, but keep your cell phones in your backpacks, and avoid getting distracted by them, well that''s it, we''ll see you soon! I''ll be at this point on the map right in the middle, so if you''re lost or need help I''ll be there. So good fun, everyone! Unauthorized reproduction: this story has been taken without approval. Report sightings. Tommy and San are whispering about something: -I think we should give them a fright San, what do you think? -I don''t know Tommy, everyone''s been watching us lately, I don''t know if it''s a good idea, after that day when my dad had to release the guys from the fight with Luan at the police station, my dad''s been watching me 24 hours. -Ah, but it won''t be a big deal, don''t worry! Just pretend you''ve lost something and meet me in the cave! San doesn''t totally agree with this, so he goes to his group, the three groups then prepare for the start, everything apparently starts well, everyone follows the points on the map and the signs. Bianca, who is in Kenji''s group, ends up tripping over a branch in the tree, San notices that she has hurt herself, and offers to hold Bianca''s backpack, Bianca is a little reluctant, as she knows that all the group''s cell phones are in the backpack and so are all the emergency items. -I''ll help you, Bianca, I''ll carry your backpack for you! -Oww, I didn''t see the branch, no need, I''ll carry it myself. Kenji and Ren walk alongside each other, and begin to notice something strange: the signs on the trail don''t match what''s on the map, they were supposed to have arrived at the Cave, they begin to find it suspicious and decide to stop for a moment, and when they go to talk to Bianca, he notices that San isn''t there and asks: -Where''s San? Bianca looks back, thinking he was behind her, and says: -Hey, he was after me a few moments ago... Kenji finds San''s disappearance suspicious and asks Bianca to give him her backpack: -Give me your backpack Bianca, I need to check something. -It''s not with me, it''s with San! Charlie is surprised and says: -Damn it, I knew it would be a problem having him in the group, it was obvious he was going to do something like that! ..... to be continued... Chapter 13- A good or bad day for camping? Part 2 Everyone in Kenji''s group looks distressed, blaming themselves for accepting San into the group, when suddenly San interrupts them: -What? I just went to pee! Everyone is startled, so Kenji asks him to give him his backpack, but San says he lost it when he left it near a tree. Charlie then says: -Did you lose the backpack or hide it, San? San then gets angry and ends up offending Charlie. -So you''re coming with me to look for Charlie, since you''ve become a boy now, prove yourself as a boy then! (Charlie underwent gender reassignment surgery some time ago, San found out about it recently and started harassing him about it) Charlie gets very angry, it''s not something that everyone knows, but the people closest to Charlie know and have supported him, but this attitude is totally unacceptable on San''s part, we have the free will to choose what makes us feel good about ourselves, and most importantly to be happy no matter what your choices are. Charlie then gets angry and starts arguing with San: -What''s up San?! I really am a boy and even if I were a girl, I''m not as irresponsible as you are! I''m going to look for the backpack, if you''ve lost it, right? Ren holds them both back, before they can fight, he enters the middle of the argument and asks them to calm down: -That''s enough, San, spare us your intolerance, it doesn''t make you "more of a boy", on the contrary it makes you look like an idiot, I really don''t accept this kind of disrespect, and Charlie, please calm down too, we''re not going to solve anything if we fight here. Kenji then tries to calm the situation down, he says that Ren is right, and that everyone should calm down, because they really need to find the backpack and tells San to go and look for it with him, and for the others to sit and wait, he doesn''t want to scare them and tell them that they''re lost, and that the trail signs have been changed, Charlie then calms down and asks Bianca and Olivia to sit down, while they wait for Kenji and San. Ensure your favorite authors get the support they deserve. Read this novel on the original website. They start looking for the rucksack, repeating San''s route, but they start to find something suspicious, there are lots of broken branches, and the surrounding undergrowth looks trampled, Kenji then becomes thoughtful: (It seems strange that something has passed through here, something a bit heavy, it doesn''t seem to be some prank by San and Tommy...) Kenji puts his hand in his pocket, but remembers that his cell phone is with the others in his backpack, San has his cell phone in his pocket and tries to check the signal, when suddenly Kenji and San feel a different presence in the place. -Wait San, do you feel that presence? -Oh, yes it seems weak, but it seems to be increasing! (Only descendants of demons can feel demonic presence, humans don''t feel or see their presence) Kenji tries to call Luan, but there''s no signal, so they decide to go back to where their group is, Kenji asks everyone to get down behind one of the rocks, Ren stays at one end and Kenji takes the other end, both are also descendants of demons and well trained! Charlie protects the girls, Olivia can''t feel the presence although she''s Theo''s sister, she only has the human side, Bianca is a little scared, she looks confused, and asks Charlie while he''s protecting them. -What''s going on, Charlie? -Oh don''t worry, it looks like there''s a wild boar nearby, it seems a bit aggressive so we need to hide here ok?! -Boar? -That''s right, we need to be quiet now. Strangely, the area around Kenji''s group starts to get very foggy and the mist starts to get very thick, Ren finds this sudden fog strange, it doesn''t seem like a very good sign, Kenji also finds it strange because the weather forecast was for a sunny day, so he goes closer and whispers to Ren: -Ren, can you tell me why there''s this thick fog out of nowhere? You can hardly see anything. -Hm, it''s probably caused by a demon, but not just any demon! Ren only has a penknife and opens it in a defensive position, while Kenji grabs a branch he finds on the ground and keeps an eye out for any movement. .... Chapter 13- A good or bad day for camping? Part 3 At the same time, Luan and Derick also feel the demonic presence, they have arrived at the point in the cave where Luke is, Luke notices something strange and calls Justin: -We''ve got a problem Justin, we''ve got a suspicious presence and we''re not getting through to Kenji''s group. -Yes, I felt that presence too, Mary''s group has already reached the teachers'' base, so keep calling, I''ll be right with you! Luke doesn''t let Luan and Derick accompany him, as they haven''t yet taken the test to choose the hunters, and they probably don''t have the correct weapons, and would suffer punishment or even banishment from the DSO, and as he and Justin have already been hunters, they know the correct procedures in this situation, Luke then quickly runs towards where the demon is, Justin also quickly reaches Luke, yes the two are still in full shape, and they follow to where the group is. Charlie takes out a second cell phone that he has in his pocket, it looks a bit old and sends a message to someone. San can''t send messages from his cell phone, and grumbles: -But damn it, my dad watches me 24 hours a day and when I really need it, it doesn''t work! They hear some noises, but they can''t identify what it is Charlie asks everyone to be quiet: -Shh, the boar is close! Something starts running from one side to the other, but Ren and Kenji can only see shadows. -But crap... it''s too fast! Ren prepares to counterattack, and increases his attention. They feel a strong pressure in the air, as if something is pushing them. -Damn, Kenji is no ordinary demon, be careful! Luke and Justin finally arrive at where Kenji''s group might be, Luke is in his demonic form, his ears change to a more pointed shape and his eyes turn black and his pupils change color and shape, Justin then speaks: -The boys are here! Luke confirms and says: -Yes, and we''ve got a level 2 demon here, Justin go and get close to the boys, I''ll take care of the rest! Justin nods and heads towards the boys who are hiding, he quickly reaches the boys and asks: -Are you all right? -Yes, we''re fine! Luke then takes out his inseparable dagger from his shirt and says: -Hey, this is not a good place for you to be today! The demon then mumbles a few words, but only Luke can understand them Screw you -Oh, how rude, hey we have children here, in the end I''m out of patience today! Luke moves very quickly, he manages to catch the creature by the neck and speaks: -Bad choice to come here! Luke attacks it with the dagger and marks the demon from top to bottom, the dagger doesn''t have a cut, it''s a dagger with a magical enchantment, so he just burns it and the demon then falls and is immobilized, to then be conjured, but Luke is no longer a hunter so he will have to wait until the DSO arrives and conjures it, he calls someone: -We''ve got a Level 2 in the CH airfield, come on we''ve got kids here! The mist then begins to dissipate, so everyone is safe and begins to come out of hiding, Luke then returns to normal with his normal eyes, and goes to the boys and asks if everyone is okay and warns them: - Time to finish our Treasure Hunt. (Actually, you were almost hunted, kids.) -Well, unfortunately we''re going to have to cancel the treasure hunt, due to some problems, so everyone go back to your tents, pack your backpacks and wait by the bus to go back to school, we''ll arrange another outing when everything is properly organized. A case of theft: this story is not rightfully on Amazon; if you spot it, report the violation. Luke has to stay at the site, and helps the DSO and asks Justin to accompany the children, then everyone starts to return and unpack the tents and pack their belongings, but someone is still missing, yes Tommy, Justin out of precaution goes to look for him and San joins him, while trying to call Tommy''s cell phone. Luan is helping the others unpack their tents and pack up their belongings, he looks a little frustrated, Derick is also helping the others, and notices Luan''s frustration and decides to ask: -Why are you looking so frustrated, aren''t you going to tell me you wanted to go demon hunting, Luan? -Sort of, I really would have liked to have gone, the boys were in trouble, but I know we''re not allowed, we haven''t even passed the Test yet and we''d probably suffer some punishment, but there''s something bothering me about this story. -Hm, and what would that be? -Well, if this is an area protected by the DSO, why exactly would a demon appear here today? Attacking a group of descendants with only 4 humans here, Olivia, Bianca, Mary, Sophia, the teachers are also descendants, as it''s a school rule, unless the demon was looking for someone specific. -Hm, that makes sense Luan, did he go after Kenji''s group or was it just because they were in the same place as him? - And the trail signs were changed by someone too, so that they would get lost, it could have been even worse than it was, but luckily some of them already knew the route of the trails, in this case you knew it, but I would probably have gotten lost, because I didn''t know it. - What''s more, I could be wrong, but someone from the DSO could have facilitated this entry. -Hm, we''ll have to take a closer look at what happened, and you don''t trust the DSO... right? -Yes, and that''s exactly why we need to pass the Test, it will be easier to investigate being inside the DSO. -By the way, speaking of the Test, Derick, have you found out who will be the conjurer on Mark''s team? -Not yet, I don''t know why they''re hiding this information so much. All the groups are ready and have put their belongings on the bus, and are waiting for Luke, Justin, San and Tommy to return, when at that moment a black car arrives and parks next to the bus, Mary and Luan, who are outside the bus waiting for them, see the car approaching and think it''s strange because no parent could pick up their child at the camp except in the school parking lot, so she speaks in a low tone: -But who could that be? We told the parents that they had to be picked up at the school and not here! -Hm, some student might have called and told them what had happened. A very handsome young man with white hair and blue eyes gets out of the car, and a conversation starts inside the bus. Mary doesn''t know this person, so she notices that Charlie is getting off the bus, so he says: -Mary, I''m sorry my brother came to pick me up! -Oh, is that your brother? Well, okay, but I told him that his parents had to go to the school to pick him up, as we agreed, if all the parents came here, it would be a mess. -Yes, I know, but there''s been a problem, so I have to go. -Oh yes, that''s fine, just let Teacher Clara know first, and you can go. The girls all stand at the bus window trying to see who the handsome guy is who got out of the car. Charlie tells the teacher, and goes towards the car, he gets in, the boy nods with a smile to Professor Clara, Mary and he looks at Luan, gives a little smile, and gets in the car. -So Charl, this is Luan? -Yes, Collin, this is Luan. -Oh, so this is finally going to get interesting. Intro DSO (Devil Social Organization) DSO - Devil Social Organization is an organization responsible for keeping the city peaceful, for not all the inhabitants know, but Rivercity is a city founded by demons and has been modernized from time to time, these demons are descendants of Fallen Angels or Decayed, who were expelled from the heavens and were sent to Earth, as their entourages were apparently instincts in the flood, because many sins had been committed by such and many children were generated with humans, But what few know is that their heirs survived and began to hide on Earth always trying their best to go unnoticed. Many of them are descendants of demons Kings, Princes, Dukes, Marquises, Generals, always trying their best to hide their true origins, but with the greed of some demons becoming greater, they were punished and began to create an Organization that controls and catalogs demon by demon, These are called fugitive demons, and it is up to the Organization to define their hunters, those chosen in the Awakening Test, but this Organization is not only made up of demons, they needed many Mages and Enchantment Mages to help with the amulets of enchantments, weapons with enchantments, and those that can increase the power to seal these demons whose main function is, capture humans, for various purposes, and as they needed to restore peace between humans and demons, they needed a Time Conjuring Mage, who was powerful enough to be able to stop time and create portals, as an ordinary Mage cannot stop time and it takes many mages to open a single portal, so these are descendants that take much longer to be born as a legitimate Time Conjuring Mage. Only then can they prevent humans from seeing the demons, because there has already been an Age of Chaos, and they wouldn''t want that to happen again, so over the years they hold Trials to choose new hunters, spirit hunters and enchantment mages. But they really want a new Conjurer Mage because the power of the current Conjurer is diminishing and due to his advanced age his vital energy is being drained over the years, and this is making the barriers weaker, making it easier for escaped demons to open a breach in the Hell Gate and escape. Taken from Royal Road, this narrative should be reported if found on Amazon. So knowing that all the children in this camp are descendants of demons, this didn''t pose a primary risk, but not all of them have the awakening that goes with their lineage, so not all of them can recognize and see other demons, but this could already be considered a problem, as Hunters are also hunted, because the demons of the Hell Gate want their freedom at any cost. Chapter 14 - Revelations and Spying? Part 1 Chapter 14 - Revelations and Prying? Justin was waiting with the students until Luke and San returned with Tommy. Meanwhile, Kenji was handing out the prizes, even though the Treasure Hunt hadn''t been completed by the two other groups, but Mary''s group were closer to where the Treasure was, but everybody was going to receive some kind of prize, so Justin asked Kenji to hand out the prizes. Kenji then takes the prizes from the boxes and hands them out to the students already sitting in their seats on the bus. He begins to hear some side conversations and hears Mark talking to Ren, Mark seems quite annoyed and speaks to Ren who is sitting next to him: -Damn it, I shouldn''t have come to this camp! Ren then rebuts him: -At least your group and Mary won the Treasure Hunt, my group almost got screwed today. Mark then thinks about what he said and says: -True buddy, I''m sorry about that, but what really pissed me off was that I couldn''t get to you, since we were a bit further away from you! -Oh, don''t worry about Mark, we couldn''t do much without the right equipment, but I wasn''t going to let that demon get by so easily! -Oh, yes I know, you''re very well trained Ren, I''ve really enjoyed these last few days training together! You''re like a brother to me, I consider you more than my half-brother! -Thank you Mark, you''re the brother I never had! I''ve also really enjoyed our training sessions, I hope we''re ready for the Test! Ensure your favorite authors get the support they deserve. Read this novel on the original website. -We''ll do our best Ren and I know our Support Marry will too. Theo is in the armchair behind theirs, and there''s no way not to overhear the conversation, so Theo makes a surprised face and finally finds out who their Support is going to be, he keeps his ear to the ground to see if he can hear anything else. (Gossip team/Spy - Kenji, Theo and Andrew really do find out!) As Kenji continues to hand out the prizes, he notices Theo slumped over and says: -Hey bro, what are you doing?! Theo signals with his finger for him to be quiet, as he''s trying to listen in on someone else''s conversation, and he then makes a ~Then I''ll tell you~ sign. Kenji then nods and continues handing out the last prizes. Mark then begins to keep his voice down: -Let''s speak a little quieter, the bus is small and everyone can hear. -Uhum...I hope Tommy comes back soon... -Don''t even get me started on Tommy, I feel like choking him sometimes, he gets me into so much trouble! Justin is then with San and they keep looking for Tommy, and finally they find him: -Here''s Tommy, Mr. Becker! -Oh, at last he''s not even answering his cell phone! -Tommy, come on, man, we''ve got to go! Tommy then says: -Oh, I got lost, I had a stomach ache, I had to go to the bathroom, and I couldn''t find it, so I had to go into the woods! -Hum, you can''t just go off like that without telling anyone, if something happened how would we get to you? -Oh, I''m sorry I didn''t mean to! San then whispers to Tommy -Yeah Tommy, get your ear ready because they''re going to say a lot to us! -To us? What did we do this time? Then, as they make their way back to the bus, they keep whispering to each other: -Tommy, did you take the backpack? And changed the signposts? -Me? No! Were the signs changed? That explains why I got lost! -Jeez Tommy, what a relief I thought you''d done something, we''d be screwed this time! -No, I did, I swear! But I know no one will believe me... so what the hell! -Yes, but we''ll have to hear complaints from Mary, Luan and the others! Once the camp is over, everyone has returned safely to their homes. It''s Monday and there are only four days left until the Awakening Test. It''s 6:30 a.m. Luan and Derick are on their way to school. Luan remembers taking Mr. Edvan''s bicycle from the grocery store on the way out of school, and Derick comments on the summary of the book that Grandpa Han asked them to do: -I suppose you''ve read the book Luan, but that ending "they lived happily ever after." -Well, in my opinion, "happily ever after" already sums up the Marquis. -Well, as far as I''m concerned, "happily ever after" already sums up that the Marquis got married, had a child, a dog, a cat and so on. --So, right Luan, what do you think "happily ever after" will be like? -Hm, I don''t know yet, what about yours, Derick? - Mine?...I have no idea. -Well, I''m pretty sure you''re going to be a doctor! -Hm, could be... They arrive at the school, and need to follow the plan to get Tommy''s cell phone. Chapter 14 - Revelations and Spying? Part 2 So Kenji and Theo set up the cloning Spy that they''re going to install on Tommy''s cell phone, Luan is listening to the conversation and asks: -What do you mean, Kenji? You''re cloning cell phones all over the place? How do you know it''ll work? -Derick gave it to me! Luan looks at Derick in amazement: -Derick, what have you been doing? You didn''t clone my cell phone, did you? -How annoying of you.... I haven''t cloned anything, there''s nothing good on your cell phone to clone! Luan opens his mouth, shocked, but admits it. -Well, thinking about it that way, you''re right, there are only a few photos of me and the cat. -Kenji sends me this cloning stuff, I''m going to clone Derick''s cell phone, there''s probably a lot he''s hiding from me! Derick stares at him and says: -No need, here, look! And he hands Luan his cell phone. Luan is amazed and laughs. -I''m going to find your poor Derick! Hi Hi Derick is unfazed. Then Theo says: -There''s probably nothing on Luan''s cell phone, he wouldn''t let you tamper with it so easily. Kenji nods, and to Luan''s chagrin and disappointment, there''s nothing but photos of the dog and Derick''s little brother, but he does find something: If you come across this story on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen from Royal Road. Please report it. -Oops... I found something... Derick is astonished. "Hi, Derick, I think you''re so cute, can we have lunch sometime?" , -Stop. There''s another message... "I think you''re so cute, can we have a drink together sometime?" Derick then quickly snatches Luan''s cell phone, almost knocking him over. -Aiii...! - You pest, stop messing around Luan! The entrance bell rings, and they prepare to put the plan into practice, Derick goes to his table which is behind Theo''s table, and in front of Theo is Tommy''s table, Andrew calls Tommy over to chat, Andrew is usually sociable with everyone, so he hardly has any problems with others, but Andrew doesn''t like it when someone is mistreated or wronged, so he always defends those people, while he distracts Tommy, Theo picks up Tommy''s cell phone which is on his table in disguise, Derick then gets up and disguises himself by sitting on Tommy''s desk, so that Theo can install the Spy on the cell phone, it takes a few minutes to install, and the second Signal rings, Theo finishes and Derick takes Tommy''s cell phone, wipes the marks on the cell phone and puts it back on Tommy''s desk, everyone enters the Room, Derick checks his 2nd cell phone to confirm that it worked, all right cloned cell phone, he signals Ok to Andrew and to Theo. Theo sees Derick''s 2nd cell phone and asks: -You have 2 cell phones Derick? -Yes, I can''t leave my cell phone so easily to that fox called Luan! Later, after lunch, they get together for a band rehearsal, and Theo tells them that he overheard Mark and Ren talking, and ends up revealing who their Support Wizard is: -You''re not going to believe it, but I''ve found out who Mark''s Support Wizard is, it''s Mary! Luan is drinking water and chokes: -Cof....cof....what? Derick is surprised by the revelation, Kenji is also incredulous, then Theo asks. -Luan, don''t you have any way of knowing if she''s a mage or a sorceress, just as we descendants can recognize each other? Luan replies: -Not always, a Wizard can even recognize each other, but Wizards have many secrets, after all this kind of power and knowledge can''t fall into the wrong hands, you need to see what degree she is, and it''s very likely that she uses some enchantment too! -But does she know that her maternal family are Wizards? -It''s likely that she does, if she''s on Mark''s team, she must already know that. Derick then adds: -They kept that information very well guarded, not even Grandpa Han knew! Luan then thinks: (This is very strange, but I feel uncomfortable somehow, ok that Mary can''t talk, but she''s always been around and in fact she hasn''t been telling me everything lately, well even I can''t say certain things, but she''s not a Magus because surely I would know). The rehearsal is over, and Luan and Derick go to the bike shop to pick up the bike, which is ready. The guy did some repairs, it was fine, but as he said, it wasn''t going to be 100%. He takes the bike and pushes it to the grocery store and says to Derick: -It was good, but I don''t know, I still feel uncomfortable, I wanted to give it a new one actually, can we do another performance and see if we can raise some money? Because the one at the Nomination Party was all for the Student Guild Solidarity Fund. -It was good, Luan, but I understand, let''s see if we can raise something at the band''s next gig. -I''ve been in touch with a guy, he said he was a friend of Luke''s and that he owns a few concert halls, I''ll try to arrange something! So Luan returns the bike, apologizes again, Mr. Edvan hands him his and thanks him. Luan then pushes his bike all the way home. They agree what time they will leave the house for their last training session before the Test, Grandpa Han doesn''t want to overload them while Derick does his physical test, Luan needs to enchant the weapons that will be used, Derick''s bow and arrow, because the arrows need to be enchanted so that the Magician can conjure the demons, i.e. send them back to the Portal, the Magician needs a Dagger with a cut to be able to mark the demons, and a Dagger without a cut for the Conjuration Ritual. Finally the big day arrives.... Chapter 15- Awakening Test - Part 1 And so we arrive on a Friday and finally the day of the Awakening Test has arrived, all the Descendants of both Demons and Mages they gather at a large and plentiful banquet, most of them are usually big businessmen and DSO participants, they usually place bets, each one bets on a Group of their choice, as there are usually only 2 groups, the higher the value, the better the VIP level, this is the part that the Becker''s don''t like very much, Grandma Han over the 70 years that she was working with conjuring Magician, never managed to end this tradition of betting, as the Becker family is very renowned they have the high VVip level, because besides said they are Descendants of a Prince, Mr. Scoot is Descendant of a Duke. Scoot is the descendant of a Duke, and the highest level are the descendants of Kings, and you can see that in this edition of the test, there are many people who are on Mr. Scoot''s side. Scoot''s side, because he is very influential in the business world, and he is very impartial to those who go against his wishes. This has allowed him to sit next to the King''s descendant today, who no one knows exactly who he is, because there are many new faces in the Organization now, and the most upstanding Descendants are rooting for the Beckers, because they have accumulated more victorious participants over time, and they always value honesty in the business world. Grandpa Han is present, he doesn''t seem to be too nervous, he seems very calm and confident, he has a nervous tic of pressing the button on his pocket watch, which has been with him for over 70 years, Grandpa Han no longer has the same vital energy as before, so the barrier of the Hell Gate is weakening, and it takes a lot of Magicians to maintain the energy of the gate and prevent the Demons from invading Rivercity and taking over the whole world. Together with Luke and Justin, who have been hunters in the past, they are waiting for the test to begin. They have decided not to tell Luan''s mother that the day of the test would be today, Luke thought it would be better not to tell her so as not to make her anxious, They seem a little worried because they both hope that Luan and Derick will do well in the Test, and especially that everything will turn out all right, everyone is sitting in their seats, and there are several screens and cameras scattered inside the Chamber where the Test will take place. Let''s explain how the Test works. We have 2 groups competing for the position of Hunter, Spirit Hunter and Conjurer, one group sits on the left side of a Chamber and the other on the right side of the other Chamber, the main Hunter is given a time clock, and the Elemental or Support Hunter is given a Conjuration Amulet, but as it''s a Test in this case all 5 participants are given an Amulet, they need to take their enchanted weapons with them (which must be enchanted by wizards, They need to use their weapons to mark the demons, and a dagger for the Ritual, in this case the two Chambers already have a Magic Circle fixed on the floor of each Gate, this Magic Circle is used for Rituals, relieving them of having to draw the Magic Circle manually, and finally use the Amulet of Conjuration and thus sending the demons back to the Gate of Hell. Inside the Chamber there are 5 gates, there are two gates, one on each path, i.e. Gate 1 everyone will start alone, there will be 10 Level 1 demons for each one, you must conjure all the demons otherwise the gate will not open, Gate 2 we will have 20 level 2 demons, moving on to the last Gate 3, having 2 level 3 demons, everything has to be done in the time of 2 hours, the group that passes through the 3 gates and finishes the test in the given time wins. On one side of the Chamber is Mark''s group, Ren and his support Mary, they are preparing and warming up to start the Test, Mark is designated as the Hunter he is carrying the time clock and his short sword, Ren is designated as the Spirit Hunter, he carries his sword and needs to be the fastest among them and be able to move around more often, and we have Mary designated as Support being responsible for the Ritual Dagger in sumo in the formation outside the test she is responsible for the Conjuration Amulet, she is the one who can move the least in the field. On the other side is Luan, designated as Hunter and Support, he carries his time clock, his dagger and his Ritual dagger, and Derick is designated as Spirit Hunter, he carries his enchanted bow and arrow, he is responsible for the Conjuration Amulet, since there are only two of them, the functions have to be divided between them. Many in the audience think it''s crazy that there are only the two of them in a group, and this causes the number of bets on Mark''s group to skyrocket ahead of those on Luan''s group. Support the creativity of authors by visiting the original site for this novel and more. Both groups are wearing reinforced clothing and jackets to avoid getting hurt, they seem a little tense, Luan seems calm, but inside he''s a nervous wreck, Derick always remains serious and calm, he notices that Luan seems to be worried about something, and speaks: "Don''t worry Luan, we''ve trained hard for this." Luan then explains the reason for his concern, and then goes over everything that needs to be done in the test: "Yes, we''ve trained hard, so I think we''ll make it, but I feel that something''s different..." "Then we should get ready Derick, we''ll meet at Gate 2, put the 20-minute timer on your watch and I''ll also put a 20-minute timer on my time clock, you''ll be ahead of me because you''re faster and use a long-range weapon like your bow and arrow, because I use a dagger, I lose more time in a hand-to-hand confrontation, so by opening Gate 1, regardless of whether I delay or not, you''ll continue the Test, you''ve entered Gate 2, put your time on, you can only do 3 20-minute timers, don''t go over 20 minutes and keep an eye on Gate 3, I''ll catch up with you by then. " "Okay, 20 minutes, that''s fine, we always train with 20 minutes." "Yes, there''s a reason for that, you''ll find out soon enough." Just before starting the preparations for the Test, Justin, Derick''s father, handed him a high-frequency whistle used for dogs and animals with sensitive ears, and told him that he would probably need to use it in the Test. The two groups head for the entrance to the Chamber, and end up bumping into each other, Mary extends her hand to Luan wishing him good luck, but Luan is concentrating and has his hands in his jacket''s pockets, so he just nods and wishes him good luck, Mary finds it strange and thinks: (Gee, I didn''t know Luan was so competitive, or is he mad at me for not telling him I''d be in Mark''s group?) Luan continues with his hands in his jacket pockets, Derick pats Luan on the back and wishes him good luck, Luan continues to concentrate, but gives Derick a slight smile and also wishes him good luck, as they are descendants of demons they can awaken their demonic side, this ensures that they can see the demons better, their eyes turn black and their irises change color, while the Support has to use an enchantment to be able to see the demons. The timer finally appears on the screen, so everyone gets ready, Luan takes his hands out of his pockets and grabs his dagger from his jacket, Derick is also ready with his bow, and the others have their weapons ready. The walls of the Chamber are all made of stone and seem to be very old, there are some chandeliers on the walls that illuminate, but it''s not enough so it tends to be darker, Derick easily reaches Gate 1, and in the other group Mark is alone, and Ren is with Mary, they also manage to reach Gate 1 of their Chamber, the gates open , Derick sets his timer for 20 minutes and goes in shooting his arrows at the demons, Mark uses the timer on his time clock and manages to move around the map well, Ren and Mary help each other, while Luan, when he reaches Gate 1, senses the presence of the demons, but when he goes in he realizes that there are more than 10 demons, so he sets 20 minutes on his time clock, they move around the map, but Luan notices that they are slower than they should be: "Strange, for some reason they''re moving slowly, okay I''ll hurry up and mark them soon." So far there''s no problem, he manages to mark the demons with his dagger, 1,2,3,4 ,5 .6,7,8,9...and 10, but before he can conjure them, something unusual happens, more demons are coming out of the cage, apparently they are level 2 demons, they are bigger than Level 1 and move faster. "Han? But wasn''t it only level 1 on this map?" "Holy crap, this is going to slow me down for Derick now! " The timer on the 20-minute clock goes off... "It''s been 20 minutes..." Luan swipes his finger on his watch and another 20-minute timer is activated, he tries to increase his speed, but demons keep coming out of the cage, he starts to get cornered by the map, the demons start coming very quickly towards him, when Luan is about to pass them one of the demons, he pulls Luan''s leg and he is thrown into the demons'' cage. "Let me go, let me go- Ahhhh!" Poft. Derick finishes marking the 10 demons and conjures them with the Amulet, remembering that it''s not to kill the demons under any circumstances, just conjure them to go straight to the Gate of Hell, Derick looks at his watch and his timer is about to expire after 20 minutes, he looks at Gate 2 but it''s not opening, Derick then gets worried: "Why hasn''t he opened it? Hasn''t Luan opened his gate yet?" "But it''s been 20 minutes... dammit is happening here!" .... Chapter 15- Awakening Test- Part 2 Part 2 Luke and Justin, who are sitting looking at the screens, immediately get up as they don''t notice that there are more demons on Luan''s Map than there should be. "What''s going on? There are more demons than there should be!" Luke slaps the table and orders the Test to stop. "Stop the Test, it''s been sabotaged!" Mr. Scoot, who is in the next room, looks at Luke and laughs. Luke looks at Mr. Scoot and wonders who did it. Luckily, Mr. Scoot is behind a glass window that separates the rooms, which prevents Luke from going to him. "Damn it, Luke, Scoot did it, it''s not enough that he did it when we did the Test!" Grandpa Han, not surprised he knew Mr. Scoot might try something, remains calm, and asks Justin and Luke to sit down and watch the Test: "You two sit down and watch, that was predictable coming from Mr. Scoot!" Luke looks incredulously at Grandpa Han and says: "Sit down? You''re kidding, right? Justin grimaces when he sees Luan being thrown into the demon cage." "Luke, we need to go in there now!" Luke is desperate, he heads for the door of the room they''re in and goes straight to the President of the DSO, grabs him by the collar of his shirt and says: "Give me the key to the Control Room now, otherwise you''re going to be thrown into this chamber". Justin tries to hold Luke so that he lets go of the President "Luke, let him go... let him go, we''re going in there, calm down!" The President squirms and says to Luke: "Cof cof, Mr. Becker stay calm, it was probably a mistake at the gate! I''ll sort it out now!" He calls the Command Room on his headset: "Command Room, can you hear me?" In complete silence, he insists, but no one answers, he sees no other way and hands Luke the key to the Command Room. "The key, something''s wrong, I''m coming with you!" As they walk to the command room, Mark''s group is finishing Gate 1 to open Gate 2. It''s dark and quiet, Luan seems to be unconscious, he''s lying on the floor, he feels a discomfort in his head, but he manages to move, he looks up and notices that he''s fallen into the demon cage: "Shit, I''ve become the hunted now..." He looks in front of him and it''s very dark and completely silent, he finds it strange that there''s no noise from the demons, so he looks at his access time clock and notices that another timer is activated and realizes that he''s paused the time. "Damn, I''ve lost 20 minutes with the timer paused, I can''t go over 1 hour, and I haven''t even finished Gate 1! Luan''s time clock lights up in a different way, and beeps 20 minutes and time starts ticking again, he starts to hear the demons screaming again outside the cage, he notices in front of him in the darkness some eyes opening that are visible in the darkness and notices that something is coming at him, it''s a Level 2 Demon bigger than the others, it seems to want to rip Luan''s head off or any other part of his body it can, Luan gets up quickly and turns his dagger on the demon in an attack position: "Okay, come and get me then!" Luan manages to mark him with his dagger, he notices that other demons are trying to get into the cage to come after him, he sees no other way than having to pause time again, otherwise he won''t be able to get out of the cage this way, he swipes his finger on his watch and his watch lights up and marks another 20 minutes of paused time. He starts climbing over the demons that are standing still to try to get out of the cage, and he takes the opportunity to mark them with his dagger and climb, he finally manages to get out of the cage, he looks at the screen and the time is indeed paused, it''s completely silent, so he has to be quick and mark the rest of the demons, as the weapon is enchanted you can see who he has managed to mark: Reading on this site? This novel is published elsewhere. Support the author by seeking out the original. "Ok I''ve scored, 15 ...so there''s 10 more......" He runs quickly before his time runs out, finally marks them and his 20 minutes are up, he takes the Conjuration Amulet from his Neck, to prepare the Conjuration but notices that it is cracked: "Just what I need, it''s time to cast a Conjuration spell, I hope I can conjure all these demons at once." He quickly counts 20 in total, and swiftly deduces that he has to use his Mage power to prepare the Ritual, he goes to the fixed Magic Circle of the Map that has four elements drawn on it, and around the circle there is a source of water, a torch of fire so he quickly prepares his Conjuration incantation, he places his Ritual dagger on the west side of the Magic Circle activating the element of Air, causing the wind to begin to swirl around the Magic Circle joining with the earth and dust of the map, it begins to activate, and Luan stands in the middle of the Circle, he makes a sign with his hands and begins to use his power, the timer on the clock beeps, the 20 minutes are up, time starts ticking again, and the demons finally begin to be conjured and gradually their bodies begin to disappear, But Luan has never done this before so he needs to use more power, only 1 type of Magician can conjure them alone, otherwise he needs to be joined by 3 helpers taking part in a Ritual, suddenly Luan''s nose starts to bleed, and his head hurts, he feels the usual buzzing. , he then hears a voice in his head saying: "Do you need help, child? Luan looks confused for a moment, then remembers that it''s the same voice he hears in his dreams: "Oh, it''s that voice again, am I dreaming?" The voice then answers him: "No, you''re not, although you can accept my help, just ask me and I will assist you." "Help? And how would you help me? "By helping you to conjure more quickly, by using less magic. Come on, we''ve got a test to finish." Luan looks at his time clock and sees that he''s already used up 40 minutes of the paused time, he can only use 20 more minutes and he can''t exceed 1 hour because there could be consequences,,, and he''s still at Gate 1, so he ends up accepting the help. "Okay, just don''t cause too much damage." "Damage? No, not at all...ok, so time to go to sleep for a while, I''ll be taking over now..." Luan closes his eyes and seems to fall asleep, seconds later he opens them again, his demonic eyes are now different, they have 2 irises, and the one who takes over now is a demon who possessed and was asleep in Luan, the famous Bone Breaker Demon. The demons being conjured begin to have their bones broken, and to be conjured more quickly, until they are conjured completely. Crack Crack Crack - Crack Crack " At last, finally free, oh I have longed to hear this sound...." .... Chapter 16-The new Time Conjuring Magician Part 1 Justin and Luke finally arrive at the DSO Control room, and a little later the President arrives with them, and they notice that the people responsible for the Camera Command System are passed out on the floor, so they quickly go to the Controls table, there are numerous cameras and screens, through them you can see that DSO is highly guarded, from its entrance to its exit, and they deduce that someone has circumvented the Security System, Justin checks to see if they''re alive, fortunately they''re all breathing and are gradually waking up. The President is with several security guards and is checking the security cameras to find out what might have happened in the control room. Luke manages to get to the Gate controls and before he presses them, Justin asks him to look at the camera, he looks surprised and a little confused: "Luke, look it''s Luan, he''s managing to.... conjure by himself? "Err...and also. it seems that an "old friend" has awakened again..." Luke looks surprised and happy: "What? Wow, he conjured them up all by himself!!!" But his joy doesn''t last long, after seeing his son possessed by the same demon as him in the past, he feels sad and worried: "Damn... that reminds me that we failed to arrest him in the past..." Finally Gate 2 opens, Derick feels something different when time is paused, he looks at his watch and it''s only 25 minutes later, he notices that Luan hasn''t arrived yet and as he asked him not to wait, he proceeds with the Test, then he hears a noise, and Gate 2 begins to open, he quickly prepares his bow and arrow, and starts running across the corridor, and manages to get through Gate 2 while it is still opening, he sneaks through then he stops for a few seconds and looks to one side and the other, and starts calculating how many arrows and demons he needs to score, and so he does 1, 2, 3. ....e sees a Level 2 approaching him, Derick is tall but this one seems to be about 40 centimeters taller than him, so he runs and pushes off with his feet against the wall, which allows him to get up and shoot 2 arrows at the Demon. Mark''s group manages to get together and advance to Gate 2 as well, but for some reason they begin to have problems with the enchantments of their support Mary, in the meantime Luan finally manages to get the smaller Gate open which leads him to the corridor to Gate 2, he is even faster as he continues the Test with his new form. Luan arrives at Gate 2 and sees Derick, the two of them cross paths and stand next to each other, when Derick notices that Luan looks different from normal: (That''s Luan... no, that must be the Bone Breaker Demon. And now there''s no way he''s awakened for good...damn it...) He then decides to put an end to his doubts once and for all and says: "You took your time Luan..." He notices that Luan doesn''t say anything, this isn''t the talking Luan he knows, he definitely confirms that he really is the Bone Breaker Demon. This book is hosted on another platform. Read the official version and support the author''s work. "...So you''re my new teammate... will you be able to finish the Test like this? Luan looks at Derick, his features change completely, he seems a little serious, arrogant, and very, very confident of himself, his voice changes and seems to be much thicker than usual, he gives a sideways smile and speaks: "I''ve done this test before my dear, I can do it again with my eyes closed.... Hunf" Derick then gives a smile, and strangely feels that this version of Luan is going to give him a hard time: "Okay, so let''s get down to business..." "...You take the demons on the right side of the map, and I''ll go to the left, we''ll meet at the Magic Circle in the middle of the Map, and we''ll see who''s faster..." Luan smiles and says: "Hunf, it''ll definitely be me...." And he shoots in front of Derick, starting to run very fast to the right side of the map, Derick is not far behind and runs to the left side while shooting and marking the rest of the Demons. The two of them manage to tag all 20 demons, 15 are Level 1 and 5 are Level 2, Luan goes to the center of the map where the Magic Circle is and takes his Ritual Dagger out of his jacket, places it on the west side of the Circle and the wind begins to swirl around the Magic Circle again and starts to activate, Luan uses his Mage power and adds the remaining elements, the fire, the water, and the earth and dust that is in the environment, Derick takes his Amulet and goes to the center of the Magic Circle together with Luan, and he points the Amulet upwards and begins to conjure all the demons marked, and they begin to conjure them when the noise of breaking bones begins to be heard again, Derick looks at Luan angrily and speaks: "Luan....you''re killing him, you said you weren''t supposed to hurt them, they were supposed to be sent to your Portal alive!" Luan looks at Derick in amazement and says: "My Portal? What Portal?....Oh, ok now I remember hearing what you were talking about..." The Broken Bone Demon then automatically stops using his power, and concentrates on just conjuring them using Luan''s magic, Derick is then more relieved because he and Luan have an agreement made 1 year ago, when Derick finally accepted him as his Test partner, they were not having a good relationship, Derick did not accept Luan as his teammate, but after a long conversation and Luan exposing his plans, he then accepted the agreement and started accepting him as his Test partner. (In the future we''ll have a flashback to the past.) Luan, together with Derick, starts conjuring them and both are not sending them to the Gate of Hell, but to the portal that Luan created. All the demons are conjured and finally Gate 3 begins to open. The people watching are astonished because they have just seen Luan on the big screen conjuring the demons by himself, and only a very powerful magician could achieve such a feat, making it clear that the new Time Conjuring Magician, the group will be victorious regardless of how long the test takes, and many people who had placed their bets on Mark''s group begin to despair because now they can no longer change their votes, because they didn''t expect Luan and Derick to be victorious, while those who voted for Luan''s group are very happy, and are already anticipating victory. Mr. Scoot begins to get extremely angry, he clenches his fists as he sits at the table, those near him are all silent, for fear of his wrath, while Descente de Rei is sitting next to Mr. Scoot, he looks at him sideways and gives a slight smile, he seems to be enjoying seeing Mr. Scoot''s irritation. .... Chapter 16- The new Time Conjuring Magician Part 2 .... A moment later, Mark''s group are still having problems with the conjuring and are trying at all costs to open Gate 3, but they''re not succeeding, because many demons are starting to invade the map of Gate 2, which Mr. Scoot wasn''t expecting, and he looks at the screen angrily. As Luan and Derick enter Gate 3, they have to mark the two Level 3 demons, which are much bigger than them, about a meter taller, and have wings, which can make marking them a little more complicated. Luan and Derick look at each other and decide to focus on a single demon, Derick prepares his bow and arrow and starts shooting arrows at one of the demons, and Luan runs towards the other, the demon sees Luan approaching and so it spreads its wings and flies away trying to escape, Luan then says: "Oh, so you want to run away from me? haha" He looks at the time clock, and it''s already been 1:20 hours of Testing, and he knows that his body seems to be a little weak, due to the magic that Luan has already used, and he decides to finish the Test soon, and for that he uses his power, and thus begins to break the bones of the 2 demons, Crack Crack Crack Crack.... Derick has already managed to mark one of the demons, so all that''s left is Luan''s. The demon begins to lose strength and falls to the ground, with that Luan jumps on him and rips him apart with his dagger from end to end, the demons are immobilized after being marked, Derick notices that this is already going too far and before the bone-breaking demon ends up killing the 2 demons, he takes the whistle that his father is hanging around his neck and begins to play it: "That''s enough for today, time for a beast to get some sleep..." Fweet, fweeeeeet Luan begins to hear the sound of the whistle, it''s really loud, he puts his hand to his head and bends down, the broken-boned demon looks at Derick and speaks: "I told you we''d win...hunf, I''ll be back soon "buddy" haha" Luan closes his eyes, he keeps his hand on his head, probably feeling some discomfort, and opens his eyes again and realizes he''s somewhere else, he looks around confusedly, until he looks up and sees Derick standing there looking at him: "Derick?! But how did I get here? Which Gate are we at?" Derick stares at Luan, and lets out a smile of relief, Luan is back to his senses: "Whew... I never thought I''d feel so happy to see you... we''ll have to conjure them up yet!" Luan looks confused, seeing Derick smiling at him, then quickly understands what has happened, but doesn''t remember exactly what happened before, only remembers that he was at Gate 1, he looks at the clock and realizes that they need to finish the test they look at the 2 demons apparently with broken bones but still alive, so he quickly takes his Ritual Dagger, goes to the Magic Circle and starts the whole process again, Derick goes to the center of the Circle next to Luan, and points his Amulet upwards and says: "Time to finish this Test!" Luan smiles, he looks tired, and again the two manage to finish the Conjuration, Demons conjured for good, end of test for Luan and Derick, the Exit gate finally opens, they can get out of there, when they are close to the Gate they see the President of the DSO waiting for them, when they get close the President bends down apologizing for what happened and then congratulates them: "Hello Luan and Derick, I apologize most humbly, we had a glitch at Gate 1, which caused an inconvenience for you Luan, and you Derick. And congratulations, you have successfully completed the Awakening Test! Congratulations Luan, you''re the new Time Conjuring Magician, we''ll start celebrating soon! Derick doesn''t understand: "Fault, what Fault is Luan talking about? Luan then puts his hand to his head and scratches it, then says: "I think they wanted to test me at Gate 1, but it was no big deal, Mr. President and calm down Derick, everything is fine." hehe Derick still doesn''t understand, when they hear a security guard talking on the radio that the President is holding: "Alert, Mr. President, we''re having problems at Gate 3 of Group B, are you listening?" Luan''s eyes widen, Derick is also surprised and at the same time they both look at each other and Luan says: "We can go and help! Right Derick?" "Sure, you don''t even have to say it twice!" Mr. President is clearly worried, he tries to disguise it, and sees no other way but to accept Luan and Derick''s help. "Clearly someone is sabotaging us, I''m very uncomfortable with this situation, I can''t refuse your help, we''ll be very grateful for it! Luan and Derick take a drink of water first, there''s no time to congratulate them, people are cheering them on as they make their way to the elevator to go down to the other Chamber again, Luke and Justin celebrate their victory, and Grandpa Han hugs them, he''s very happy that they won, but he''s not surprised and says: Stolen content warning: this tale belongs on Royal Road. Report any occurrences elsewhere. "I told you to sit back and watch, you didn''t need to panic, I already knew that Luan was my successor as a Time Conjurer, I just needed to give him an incentive to accept becoming a Magician, after all it''s not an easy task, and Derick has always been my best choice, I trust my grandchildren with my eyes closed." "Dad, did you know?" "Of course, a Magician always recognizes another Magician." "You just need to investigate what actually happened here today, and catch the culprit." Grandpa Han looks at Mr. Scoot, who is a nervous wreck. Meanwhile, in Mark''s group they have managed to tag most of the demons, and without much ado Luan and Derick arrive at the Entrance Gate and try to hurry as much as possible, until they are informed that there is a shortcut to one of the Cages at Gate 3, they don''t think twice and follow the shortcut, that there is an escalator that runs between the 2 chambers. They finally arrive and enter the cage, they look to make sure there are no more demons and close one of the entrances to the cage, to prevent any more demons from getting out. They help themselves out of the cage and manage to get to the Map, the two locate Mark''s Group, Derick gives a whistle and this catches Mark and Ren''s attention, they are surprised and seem to be a bit tired by the way, Mark then says to Ren: "Han? What are they doing here? Oh, clearly we know the winners." "Hm, yes they won, but why did they come here to help us?" Mary is also surprised to see the two of them, but he can''t activate the Magic Circle, it''s after two hours and the Gate is still closed. The two of them hurry over to the group, Luan greets them, Luan goes over to Mary to calm her down, as she seems to be quite nervous, and guides them: "Hello, Mary, stay calm, you need to be calm to do the incantations, have you re-done the Magic Circle manually on top of this one? "OMG Luan, what are you doing here? Oh, yes, I took that stone and scratched over it again, I put the ritual dagger there, and nothing happens!" Luan takes his notebook from his jacket (yes, Luan can hide his belongings in his jacket with a spell to conceal objects), the dagger and the dagger are in a pouch that he wears on his chest, because they are the items he will need most from now on, he analyzes his notebook,and he knows that the problem is actually that Mary''s magic is a little weak, probably because she was rushed into the team, she didn''t have that much time to train, and magic needs to be practiced often to perfect it, but he prefers not to say anything about it to Mary at the moment, so he puts his notebook away and says: "We''ll do it all over again Mary, take that stone over there, you cross it out on one side and I''ll cross it out on the other so we can complete the circle, Derick will draw the elements, and as soon as we''ve finished, Mary will place her ritual dagger on the wind element, all 3 of you Mary, Mark and Ren will stand in the middle of the Circle with me and point your amulets upwards, I''ll do a Conjuration and I''ll direct it to your amulet, ok?" Everyone nods yes, Luan scratches on one side and Mary on the other. Luan could do the Conjuration himself, but he''s already used a lot of his power today, and will probably need a longer rest, until he can adapt to using magic more often. All set, Luan then manages to activate the Circle by placing his dagger instead of Mary''s, he asks everyone to get ready, he begins the conjuration and as said, redirects it to the amulets, he looks quite tired, but doesn''t show it. The 2 demons plus the rest have been successfully conjured, and the Exit Gate finally opens, and everyone is relieved that, 2:20 into the Test, they haven''t emerged victorious, but they have completed the 2 gates. They thank Luna and Derick immensely, and congratulate them on their victory and Luan''s new achievement. Mark thanks them, but is deeply heartbroken, as he knows he will have to face his father Mr. Scoot. Mary thanks Luan, he then extends his hand to shake it, Mary is thoughtful, but shakes Luan''s hand back. "You saved us, thank you, and even if you don''t tell me, I know my magic isn''t that strong, right? "Well since you brought it up Mary, you''ll get better with time, it''s a matter of practicing more often, and since you''re a dedicated person in everything you do, I won''t be surprised if one day you want to challenge me! hehe" "I''d lose, but if you could give me some tips, I''d be honored! " "Oh, okay then tell me if you need help, I need to go, they''re calling me over there." Mr. President is calling Luan and Derick, to give them their prize for being champions, and they are now honorary DSO employees, part-time or extended if it''s a longer mission, soon there will be a DSO Party for the Descendants to celebrate the new DSO Hunters, Luan struggles to stand up he is feeling very sleepy, so he hugs his Grandfather, his uncle and kind of awkwardly hugs his father Luke, and pats Derick on the back. Luan sits down for a moment, Derick keeps him company waiting to be released to leave, Derick decides to ask what really happened in the test, and what failure Mr. President was talking about and looks at Luan; "Luan, you still haven''t told me what that failure was that Mr. President said....Luan?" He sees Luan with his eyes closed, and promptly checks to see if he is breathing, and yes he is breathing, he just ended up fast asleep. .... Chapter 17- Resting Days. Part 1 Justin goes over to the boys and sees Luan asleep, so he looks at Derick and says: "Don''t worry son, he''s only asleep, but this can happen quite often, so you''ll have to carry him!" Derick looks perplexed at his father and says: "Carry? Frequently? You''re kidding, right? Justin adjusts his glasses, shakes his head in the negative and adds: "I used to carry Luke around too, over time it''s diminished, but the whistle you always have to keep around your neck, there''s no getting rid of it for now." Derick rolls his eyes in annoyance, takes Luan in his arms, rests him on his shoulder and leads him to his father''s car. "Okay, let''s take sleeping beauty to the hospital as usual..." "Hm, when will he wake up, Dad?" "Hopefully in 3 to 4 days" "What, 3 to 4 days?" "That''s short, Derick, compared to six months ago, when it took more than 10 days." "Hm, don''t remind me, I don''t even like to think about it." Derick goes with his father Justin and Luke to the hospital, and they wait until Luan wakes up. He needs to restore his energy, because he ended up using his magic more than he should have, not to mention using the power of the Bone Breaker Demon. Meanwhile, Mr. Scoot is in his office and has a fit of rage, he throws everything on the table on the floor, while Secretary Lee tries to calm him down, he immediately sends for Mark, and his Secretary does as his boss tells him, he sends for Mark who is in the room feeling very disappointed, When he hears the Secretary calling him, he already knows that he has to face his Father''s fury, he takes a deep breath and goes to the office, when he is near the office he sees his half brother Max standing near the door, and he says: "Poor you, you failed the Test, that''s good at least it reduces your arrogance Mark!" Mark looks seriously at Max, but doesn''t lower his head and says: "We''re two poor things then, I heard he tried to help you in the Test too, but you failed too, Maximus." But he saws off his fists with rage, and threatens to go after Mark, but Secretary Lee stops him, and asks Mark to come into the office right away, before he makes the whole situation worse, so as soon as Mark enters the office, something is thrown at Mark, he tries to dodge it, but it ends up grazing his face, and giving him a slight cut. "Useless, I spent tons of money on your training and we still lost the bets, so you can just lose Mark?!" Unauthorized tale usage: if you spot this story on Amazon, report the violation. Mark remains silent, he knows that answering will make the situation worse, but he knows that he will end up losing control. "And our deal is off, you won''t get the money you asked for!" Mark despairs for a moment, he really needed that money, he feels like he''s about to cry, but he holds back and confronts him: "You, you promised me you''d give me that money even if I failed..." "I won''t anymore, you have to learn that nothing comes that easy in life. "Easy? I''ve been living abroad with my mother for more than 10 years, I said I didn''t want to go back, but you promised that if I took the test, you''d help me....but I guess I was wrong, what else could I expect from you, right?" Mr. Scoot throws him a book left on the table, but Mark deflects it this time. "Insolent, don''t give me any lame excuses! You''re going to keep living here in this house, and you''re going to keep following my orders, then I can think about whether I can help you, now get out of my office!" Mark takes a deep breath, but decides not to prolong the discussion and leaves the office, when he is near the pool house, which is the place where he wanted to stay and sleep, because he doesn''t feel comfortable inside the house, Secretary Lee calls him, they enter the pool house and the Secretary hands him an envelope. "Mark, there''s not a lot of money in that envelope, but I know you really need it, so please use it, and no, I won''t take it back." Mark''s eyes well up with tears, but he still holds back his tears, he doesn''t want to take it, but Secretary Lee makes sure he gets it. "Mark, you''re like a second son to me, if Tommy was more judicious than you I''d be happier, but I feel he listens to you better, and finally finds the right path, I really hope he changes one day." "Thanks Secretary Lee, but I''d like to be honest, as for Tommy I''ll try to do my best, but he needs to stop following my Father''s orders, and he should be responsible for his actions, I know there''s been some bribery regarding the School Bullying Allegations, I''ve just tried not to get involved with it, I don''t want to be pushed into all this, and end up being the villain of the story." "Yes, I understand Mark, don''t worry, I won''t pressure you about it, I''m the one who''s most to blame." Mr. Lee takes care of the small cut on Mark''s face, he applies some ointment and puts a bandage on it, they say goodbye, and Mark decides to go and get some rest, it''s been quite a stressful day. Meanwhile Luan continues to sleep in the hospital bed... .... to be continued Part 2 Chapter 17 – Resting Days Part 2 ... His mother Ana left work and went straight to the hospital. She didn''t go to watch the Awakening Test, because Luan asked his father and uncle not to tell her about the date so that she wouldn''t get nervous and anxious, but Ana ended up finding out, because her relatives called to tell her about the Test and ended up telling her about possible sabotage, so she felt very distressed because we know that she doesn''t totally agree with Luan''s choice, Justin is in Luan''s room with Luke talking, Derick is heading towards the room and ends up meeting his aunt Ana, he sees that she looks distressed, and just greets her, then he sends a text message to his father, letting him know that Ana has arrived, Justin receives the message and Luke decides to hide on the balcony of the room, to avoid any kind of fight. Ana then comes into the room, greets Justin and goes straight to check on Luan, she inspects him, looks at his face, his hands, to see if he''s hurt and sees his head is bandaged again: "Hi Justin, was it Luan who asked you not to tell him that today was Test day?" "Hi, Ana, yes, yes I really would have liked to have told you...but..." Ana then looks out onto the balcony, she knows there''s someone else in the room and says: "You can get out of there Luke, I''m not going to fight with you... Justin rolls his eyes in surprise, and Luke is even more surprised and thinks... (Damn it.. how does she know I''m here? She''s not a demon, but she''s always had a keen sense). Luke comes out of his hiding place looking like a "puppy that''s fallen out of the house", and raises his hand to say "hello". Ana stares at his face and says: "No need to hide, I''m not going to fight with you.." Luke then becomes more relieved and smiles, Justin leaves the room and goes to see another patient, to let them talk, and Derick stays outside and sits down to read a book, Ana and Luke sit on the sofa in the room and talk, and in fact they both knew that the Demon had possessed Luan when he was 5 years old, just after they were trying to Conjure the same Demon that possessed Luke''s body at the time, There were several mages together including Ana''s parents who were very powerful mages, and Grandpa Han tried at all costs to complete the Conjuration successfully, but the Ritual ended up causing an accident between Luke and Ana and being a failure, and the Bone Breaker Demon, in its mist form escaped, thus taking over Luan''s body while he was on the playground playing. (This will be explained later in another flashback). Ana comments that 6 months ago the Bone Breaker Demon awakened in Luan, but she and Grandpa Han managed to make a Ritual that delayed this possession, and they have been looking for 10 years trying to conjure the demon completely, Ana explains that her parents thought it was better for her and Luan to return to their country of origin and take care of Luan, which caused the breakup of Ana and Luke''s marriage, In the end, they didn''t get divorced, they just each went to a different country and never spoke to each other again. Ana and her parents'' main focus was on trying to find the best way to Conjure and help Luan, but so far nothing effective has been found, and in the end her parents died in an accident, where only Luan survived. Ana explains that after the death of his parents, Luan went through a very troubled time and this affected him a lot at school too, there was a lot of bullying and accusations against Luan, and that''s when Luan secretly started looking for information about his maternal grandparents, and started practicing his magic in hiding, But Ana ended up discovering that he was practicing, and as it started to do Luan good, she didn''t stop him, until the day Luan decided to call his Grandfather Han and accept the invitation to the Awakening Test, since two years ago there was a delay in the Awakening Test, because one of the participants disappeared, and they rescheduled it for this year. Ana didn''t agree very much with Luan''s decision at first, but as it was his decision and his own will, it led to the two of them returning to Rivercity. Luke listens attentively in silence, allowing Ana to speak first, he knows that things won''t be resolved in a single day and not everything he might say today, he also has his anxieties and traumas from the past, and has spent a lot of time away from his son and his wife, he tries to use the right words, but ends up not being able to open up completely and can only say: "I''m sorry, I know nothing I can say right now can change anything, and I know a lot of it was my fault, but I honestly wish I could find a way for things to be okay again...I, I''m sorry. Ana knows that Luke is a more closed person, who keeps his feelings to himself, but it wasn''t all his fault, it was the events of the past and she prefers to give him more time to open up, and in fact also to heal from the traumas of the past, which have come back to haunt them again, so she pats him on the back, as she used to do when she wanted to calm him down, and they then stand looking at Luan sleeping. The weekend passes, Monday, when dawn breaks for the 4th day on Tuesday, Luan finally wakes up, he notices that he''s in the hospital room and sees his mother asleep by his bedside, holding his hand, he tries to get up without waking her, but it''s inevitable that she gets a fright and wakes up. "Oh, Luan darling, you''re awake!" "Hi Mom, I didn''t mean to wake you up, I''m sorry, my legs are a bit numb, I''ll get up!" He tries to get up, Ana holds him and asks him to wait in bed until his uncle Justin can see if everything is all right, so that he can be discharged and go home. She asks the nurse to call Dr. Justin, and he promptly goes to see them, checks that he''s all right, his tests all look normal, and asks Ana to take Luan for a walk in the hospital, so he can get some exercise and if he can walk normally, he can be discharged from the hospital. Luan walks around the hospital with his mother for a while, and when they return to the room they bump into his father Luke, Luke smiles happily to see that Luan is awake and well, he pats Luan on the back and says: Taken from Royal Road, this narrative should be reported if found on Amazon. "Well done, boy, I''m glad you''re all right." Luan then smiles and says: "Yeah, I''m fine, but I want to go home, Mom take me home!" They laugh, and Luke offers to drive them, before that Ana goes to tidy up some of Luan''s things, and wait for Justin to sign the hospital discharge, it''s already lunchtime when Derick returns from school and goes to the hospital to check on Luan, because he received a message from his father warning him, although he spent the three days with Luan in his room, while Luan slept he read his books, he was getting bored of reading so much, and he really got used to Luan''s presence every day, they live next door to each other, they go to school together, they train together, they play in the band together, it was inevitable that a bond of friendship would form, but Derick doesn''t let it be so apparent, he still tends to hide his emotions and feelings. He then walks into the bedroom and sees Luan standing there finishing changing. "Hallelujah, the sleeping beauty has awakened." Part 3 Luan looks back as he puts on his inseparable jeans jacket and says: "Derick, you missed me, didn''t you? I know, I know." Derick then rolls his eyes as usual and says: "It''s still annoying... but I''m glad you''re okay now." "Oh, I brought your lessons from school, Mary sorted them out for you, you have until Friday to hand them in!" Luan grimaces, says thank you and takes the lessons and puts them in his backpack, but then smiles again, he''s excited to be going home. He goes to his mother Ana''s and they follow her to Luke''s car, which is already waiting for them, and Derick takes advantage of the ride to go home too, of course. They finally get home, and Luan is missing his cat Mr. Fluffy, and the first thing he does when he enters the house is grab the cat: "Fluffy, you beautiful thing, I miss you, I want to crush you!!!" Meanwhile the cat is trying to escape from Luan, as it''s almost suffocating him, he runs over to Luke, and then starts to run his head over Luke''s leg, and he manages to get Luke to pick him up, and they finally meet for the first time. Luan then invites his father to dinner, he says he''s going to cook for everyone tonight, Luan is really good at cooking, he has a cooking blog, called Cooking with the Devil. He feels very refreshed, it''s not like he was asleep for almost four days in hospital. His mother, Ana, leaves him to it, as she knows he feels good cooking, so she avoids fighting with him, only doing it when necessary. Derick ends up staying for dinner too, and reminds him that they''re having a concert in a few days'' time in the square, and asks if he''s really well enough to go and perform: "We''re having the concert in the square, do you want to take part Luan? Luan nods positively and replies: "Sure, we''ll be performing, Oh and your birthday is coming up Derick, you''re turning 16, have you chosen your present yet?" "Hm, I don''t want a party or a present." Luan looks disappointed, because he was already preparing a party for Derick, but he understands, he didn''t want to celebrate his birthday this year either, they just made a birthday cake at the camp, but he didn''t want them to do anything. Luke then takes the opportunity to tell him that Justin, Derick''s father, will be making a weekend lunch for the family only. Derick grimaces in disapproval, but understands his father''s good intentions. "Don''t worry, Derick, it''ll just be between us, and your father wants to give you a present to celebrate winning the Awakening test." Derick scratches his head and wonders what this gift might be, when Luan picks it up and says: "Wow, that''s nice, Derick! But what about me, don''t I get a present for turning 15?" They laugh, and Ana reminds him that he didn''t want to celebrate his birthday, but she had given him clothes as a present, and Luke had sent her his dagger for the test, which had been specially made by a craftsman for Luan to use. Luan didn''t know that the dagger was a gift from his father Luke, he thought it was just an old family dagger, so he awkwardly thanks him, and then reminds Derick of what they agreed to do when they finished the Test. "Oh, I didn''t know, but thanks Dad....Luke, and Derick, where''s my reward that I''d get if we won the Awakening Test?" Derick is surprised because Luan has a very good memory, but they''ve just had dinner, so Derick says: "Well, we''ve already had dinner, but I can take you to your reward now if you like, but not until tomorrow..." Luan then gets excited and agrees to go now, it''s not that late at night, so they leave and Derick takes him to the place, 5 minutes later they arrive at the place, Luan stares at Derick''s face without understanding and says: "Where is it? We''re in the square near home...." Derick then confirms: "It''s right here in the square... go to the drinks machines and choose your drink... I''ll pay for it, as usual." Luan stares at him perplexed, they pass by the square every day and always get drinks from the machines, he really expected it to be somewhere different, but ok he settles for a soda, and gets a soda of Derick''s choice, they knock one can against the other and toast and then Luan says: "A toast, our victory, now we''re employed! Yay!" "Here''s to victory, yes now we''ll get paid for the DSO, and you can pay me back everything you''ve owed me in the last year..." Luan chokes, ends up throwing soda everywhere. "Cof...cof.....how is it? Derick takes several receipts out of his pocket and hands them to Luan: "Here, all the receipts you owe me, you can now pay with your first payment...." Luan takes the receipts in the throes of hatred, still incredulous at what is happening, then thinks: (I''m screwed, I''m on the side of a loan shark and I didn''t know it....pif) Finally, he looks at Derick and says: "If I pay cash, do you get a discount?" ?_? Derick, trying not to laugh at the situation, turns and mumbles to himself: "I can''t believe he actually believed that..." ... Chapter 18 - Days of Peace? Part 1 Luan and Derick go back to their homes, Luan gets home, strokes Fluffy, he looks at the clock and sees that it''s almost midnight, he needs to sleep because he has to get up early for school, he takes a quick shower and goes to sleep. Luan is dreaming again, this time he''s in a forest, it''s dark and full of trees, he hears the same noise crack, crack, crack... The bone-breaking demon appears and says: " Greetings, time to wake up" He then wakes up startled, it''s 6:00 am, his cell phone alarm clock is ringing. "This nightmare again, damn I feel like something wants to control my head, my body feels strange." His alarm clock starts ringing too. "What? Is it time to go to school already?!" His mother Ana calls him and tells him that Derick is already waiting for him at the gate. Derick throws a pebble through the glass of Luan''s room, he looks out of the window and makes the usual mental communication. "Hurry up, it''s taking too long." "Crap ...I''m coming down, calm down!" Luan hasn''t changed yet and is still in his pajamas. "Oh, he must be in a hurry today, it''s going to be a long day, we''ve got band practice today, for the performance in the square on Friday". So he gets changed, grabs something to eat and tells his mother he''s leaving, that he''s in a hurry and can''t have breakfast today, but that he expects to be home by 7pm, so he goes downstairs to meet Derick. "You''re taking too long, Luan! We''re full of things to do today and we still have to follow the guys to the shed! "Oh yes, it''s today that we have to go to the shed, I''d forgotten, Ouch I''m having trouble sleeping properly." "What do you mean? You''ve slept for four days in a row Luan!" "I''m having strange nightmares, I hear noises or I''m trapped or in the middle of nowhere, my hearing seems sensitive lately." "My father checked you over the last few days, everything seems normal with your head. He didn''t find any loose screws at least." Luan looks seriously at Derick, he''s been very funny, isn''t he? "Hm, maybe, but I don''t know, there seems to be something going on in my head, I don''t really remember what happened after I paused time, I just remember what happened afterwards, when I heard that whistle." Luan apparently knows what''s going on, but he''s still assimilating some things. What really bothers him is that he can''t remember when he "loses consciousness", he''s trying to get Derick to tell him what he thinks, but Derick is always cautious. Derick knows what he''s talking about, but he''d rather they talked to Grandpa Han first. "Don''t force yourself to remember Luan, with time you''ll learn to control yourself, tomorrow we have training with Grandpa Han, only he can explain it better, but for today try to concentrate on other things ok!" Luan nods, saying okay. "Oh, I forgot to say good morning in the group." A case of content theft: this narrative is not rightfully on Amazon; if you spot it, report the violation. So he sends the Good morning, full of emoticons as usual every day, Derick''s cell phone vibrates notifying him of the message, he looks at it and thinks: (Good, he''s getting back to his normal self, I''m glad, I can''t take any more messages from other people). PS: Read Theo/Kenji/Mary and Lena asking if Luan was all right, "...bla bla... I hate answering messages, in the end peace again, I hope..." It''s been a quiet morning at school, the boys rehearse after lunch and when it''s 2:30, they wait for Tommy to leave the school and follow him, first Kenji and Theo leave and then Luan and Derick, so they don''t look so conspicuous... ¨¦ 14: 50 they arrive at a shed, not so far from the school and it''s near the RIo bridge, Luan asks Kenji and Theo to stay hidden behind the wall, so that no one sees them, he asks Kenji and Theo to wait, and stay hidden and send a message if they notice anything strange, he and Derick jump over the wall and stand near a window of the Shed, to see what''s going on, they notice that Tommy is sitting down and there are several boys nearby, Luan listens and Derick keeps watching and checking so there''s no danger of being caught, Luan puts his ear closer to try to listen and at the same time is recording with a small tape recorder. "Tommy, the boss is going to be a bit late, but I''ll give you a heads up, Friday we have a stop to make, but we still need to confirm who''s going to be with us and who we''re really going to catch, let your friends know and we''ll send a message confirming the time." "Okay, I''ll let them know, but don''t send a message too late, otherwise you won''t get paid, understand?" "Come on, man, he''ll text you tomorrow, relax!" "Okay, we''ll wait." Theo and Kenji notice that a large group is on its way, because they hear loud voices nearby, they text Luan and Derick to let them know, and they sit there behind the wall waiting for Derick and Luan to come out, Derick sees the message and replies: "Okay, we''re getting out of here." He pulls Luan by his cap and says in a low voice: "Let''s go, there''s a crowd coming!" "But I need to hear what they''re going to say!" "No Luan, if we get caught we''re in two, we can''t bring Kenji and Theo into a fight again!" "Okay, okay, I know... I know, I''ll leave a tape recorder hidden here." "Good, leave it there, hide it well." "I''m hiding it...calm down!!!" They jump over the wall, and ask everyone to be quiet.Time passes, for about an hour and then they hear the Shed gate being closed, and the voices diminish and it seems that they have all left.Derick then goes to check, he jumps over the wall, looks around to see if there is no one, checks again if there is no camera, but there is none, so he thinks: (How strange that there are no cameras, I wonder what they do in this place, probably something that can''t be filmed, I need to keep an eye on this shed). He picks up the recorder and hears some footsteps, and a voice sounds in the air: "Is anyone there?" .... Chapter 18- Days of peace? Part 2 Derick quickly jumps over the wall to the boys, and with a sign tells them all to be quiet, and they start to leave in silence. They''re already walking towards the square. Theo says: "Whew, what a strange feeling, it looks like we''re going to get caught, there weren''t that many of them, were there Kenji?" "Yes, I''m glad we didn''t get caught this time, but what were they saying, Luan, could you hear them?" Luan is still trying to listen to what''s on the recorder, but shakes his head saying no, he did hear something, but he thinks it''s better to keep it and analyze it later, then tell the boys, he doesn''t want to scare them. Meanwhile, Theo and Kenji stare at Luan and Derick fighting when they get to the square, and talk in hushed tones as they sip their sodas: "How can they stand each other?" "I don''t know, they eat together, they live next door to each other, they spend practically the whole day together..." "And not kill each other yet?" Then, out of nowhere, Luan says: -Wow, I''ve just had a brilliant idea for Friday''s show!!! Then Kenji asks: "Good, and how are we going to attract the public, Luan?" Derick is on his back getting a soft drink from the machine in the square, And a fox face appears on Luan''s face, he smiles and points to Derick''s back. "There''s the answer Kenji, let''s use his image on Friday, since the girls think he''s cute, cute, bla bla.... Luan then becomes pensive: (Soon I''ll collect the money I owe you, Mr. Loan shark hihi) Theo adds. "You''ve come up with a good idea, Luan, and we can use Kenji too!" Kenji goes over to Derick and picks up a potato. "Do you feel like you''re being watched? "Hm, yes, there are two fools back there talking a lot of nonsense and laughing, probably planning something." "What are they up to this time?" "Hm...us using them for something...as usual..." "That must be it, but at least today Luan seems normal again, he was strange, and there''s no point in saying it''s all in my head, Luan wasn''t even talking, he talks all day long.... it''s not normal for him to be quiet Derick." "It was so good for him to be quiet...it gives you an inner peace..." Kenji laughs and tells them that he has to go home, he has to study. His father is already calling and Theo is accompanying him. They agree to meet early at the school gate to decide what they''re going to do about Tommy''s cell phone. Derick and Luan also have to go home. On the way, Luan walks quietly, as if he''s thinking about something. Derick stops, Luan stops too... and the telepathy begins again in the language of facial expressions... L "What?" D "What''s wrong?" D "Why did it stop out of the blue? L "Nothing" D-"Can we go home soon then?" Luan then says aloud: "I want to go to the bathroom..." And he puts his hand on his stomach to indicate that he has a stomach ache... "Get the hell out of here... go on then Luan." Luan runs off and Derick walks slowly, enjoying the silence that he hasn''t been able to stay in for hours. Justin drives past him, strangely sees him alone and calls out to him. "Son, are you alone?" "Uh..." "Where''s Luan?" "He''s doing what he always does, but this time he''s doing it literally...""Hm bathroom, got it, then get in the car, I''m taking you for your last driving lesson, only with me today, you''re driving..." "Hm, ok, since you insist." Justin turns off the car, opens the door, turns around and sits in the passenger seat, Derick sits in the driver''s seat, starts the car again, does the whole process he was learning in class, and they go for a drive. Derick is just waiting for his driver''s license to arrive. Support the author by searching for the original publication of this novel. Justin, meanwhile, sends a message to Luan: "I need your help on Friday, to deliver Derick''s present remember? After the performance in the square...is that OK?" Luan replies after a few minutes: "Sure uncle, don''t worry, I''ll deliver it!" As soon as Luan gets home, he sits on the sofa with his cat Mr. Fluffy and listens to the audio of the recording, he gets some information, but prefers to hide it from his friends. "Damn it, I need to think about how I''m going to get out of this alone, without putting them in the middle of it." He then thinks of an excuse to give his friends. The morning dawns and Luan wakes up with a sensitivity in his ears, absolutely every sound seems to be loud, he sees his cat eating and in his head only comes the noise: "crack, crack, crack" "Damn, why does that sound so obnoxiously loud?" Luan and Derick arrive at the school and Theo and Kenji are already waiting at the school gate, they spot the two of them, greet them and sit down near the school entrance, Luan puts on part of the audio he recorded, but only part, the rest he hides, it just sounds like the noise of people fighting, like a dispute between the gang, Derick looks suspiciously at Luan and asks: "Is that it, Luan?" Luan nods his head and says: "Yeah, the audio is all about fighting." Luan puts an earphone in his ears, as he''s still very sensitive to the sounds, it''s all very noisy inside the classroom, so as soon as the break bell rings he goes up to the Terrace, and tries to concentrate on finding out which part of the audio is Tommy talking to someone again: "Tommy, the boss is going to be a bit late, but I''ll give you a heads up. Friday we''re going to have a break, but we still need to confirm who''s going to be there and who we''re actually going to pick up, let your friends know and we''ll send a message confirming the time." "Okay, I''ll let them know, but don''t send a message too late, otherwise you won''t get paid, understand?" "Come on, man, he''ll text you tomorrow, relax!" "Okay, we''ll wait." Luan tries to figure it out on his own, but he remembers that Tommy''s cell phone has been cloned, and Derick has the secondary phone in question, so Derick has probably already seen some kind of message. And he probably hasn''t told him either. Luan then thinks out loud: "I need to get that other cell phone from him!" When someone comes up to him and says: "So you want to take my cell phone, Luan?" Luan jumps in fright and looks desperately to see who it is. It''s Derick, and he takes the cell phone out of his pocket and says: "Try taking it from me, then." Derick stares at Luan''s face as he thinks: (Did you really think you were going to leave me out, you fox? I''ve already seen a lot of messages). Luan makes a frustrated face, after all he''s hardly going to be able to get anything from Derick. " Dammit, I can''t even hide anything from you." "I don''t even know why you''re trying to hide it, it''s a waste of time." "Whatever, so who is this person they''re after? Did you get the message?" "They did, but they didn''t give a name." "Damn, so much suspense, then we won''t even find out who the person they want is." "No, but I have a hunch who it is." "Who?" Beeeee (the end of the break bell rings) Luan then puts his hand to his ear, it sounds very, very loud so he can''t hear what Derick is saying. .... Chapter 19- Getting to know your host.- Part 1 ... At first Luan is a little dazed and still feels a little sensitive to hearing, he gets up and they both return to their classes. Derick is worried, but tries to calm Luan down. "Are you all right? As soon as the end of school bell rings, meet me at the school gate and we''ll have lunch at Grandpa Han''s. We need answers. Luan nods and they return to their classes. As soon as their lessons are over, they meet at the school gate and go straight to Grandpa Han''s house. When they get there, they have lunch and go straight to Grandpa Han''s office: "Grandpa, we need answers about Luan''s host." Luan looks at Derick, not very surprised, and sighs. Grandpa Han tucks his moustache thoughtfully and says: "Yes, he''s finally awakened again, and we''re still searching for the right ritual in order to capture him once and for all." Grandpa Han then begins to explain: "Well, many years ago, when Luke and Justin and Ana were training to be hunters, that''s when the demon awoke in Luke''s body, until then we didn''t know that the "bone breaker demon" had possessed him, it probably happened when Luke was little, this type of demon is an ancient demon, it first hibernates in the body of its host, until the day of its awakening arrives, thus being able to partially control the host''s mind, according to its will, there are no records about its true name, There is no record of its true name, which is why they called it the "Bone Breaker Demon" or how long it has been on Earth. There is a certain conjuring ritual for each type of demon, but what makes it difficult is the few records we have about it. The last ritual we performed on Luke to capture the demon, in which Luan''s maternal grandparents were also present helping, ended up resulting in an accident with his parents and resulting in the demon''s escape. On that same day, the demon found out about Luan, who was 5 years old, and ended up possessing him and thus hibernating. " Luan is listening, but still doesn''t seem surprised about what Grandpa Han said, Derick sighs impatiently and says: "Luan doesn''t seem surprised at all, so you already knew, right?" "Yes Derick, I discovered it when I was 10 years old, I was with my maternal grandparents in the car and we were going somewhere, that''s when the accident happened, and my grandparents died, I ended up surviving somehow, days later I found out that it was to perform a ritual regarding the host that had possessed me, but I don''t remember exactly how it all happened on the day of the accident, so from then on I started looking for all kinds of information about it, and I started practicing magic with the books that my grandparents had hidden." The tale has been illicitly lifted; should you spot it on Amazon, report the violation. Grandpa Han adds: "Hm, that might help explain why they took you and your mother away from Rivercity that day." Luan looks thoughtful and asks: "So we left after the ritual?" Grandpa scratches his moustache and says: "Yes, your mother was very hurt that day, your grandparents refused to take you to our hospital, they were very nervous that day, hours later, we heard that you had left Rivercity." Luan begins to piece together the facts, according to his grandfather''s accounts, but still doesn''t come to any definitive conclusions. Grandpa Han then mentions: "I only found out about your host after you returned to Rivercity, when you had a sudden illness and spent days in hospital." Derick looks uncomfortable remembering that day, and adds: "Actually, it happened twice Luan, the first time when you arrived in Rivercity and six months ago." Grandpa Han adds: "Yes, your host wanted to awaken, your Mother Anne used a lot of her magic to help me, but we only managed to delay its awakenings for a few more months, you''ll have to be careful from now on, because it could become a real time bomb, if the demon decides to use its magic, you need to find a way to control it as much as you can." Luan nods and says: "I''m aware of that, I need to find a way to control him, and not let myself be controlled, but I''ve already thought of a way!" Derick is surprised: "And how are you going to do that, Luan?" Luan smiles and says: "I''m going to sign a contract with my host!" Derick looks annoyed and says: "Contract? You''re joking about a serious matter Luan!" "No, I''m not Derick, my body, my rules! Hunf" Derick rolls his eyes in annoyance, while Grandpa Han finds the idea somewhat plausible. "It''s not a bad idea, Luan, but you need to tailor something so that he''s definitely interested in accepting this contract." Luan smiles and says: "I already have something in mind, he''ll definitely accept." "I just need to find a way for him to show up again, and then I can definitely control him." "Come on Derick, I need to write up a contract!" Derick thinks it''s crazy, but supports it, because any attempt will be valid at the moment. .... Chapter 19 - Getting to know your host.- Part 2 Part 2 .... Luan goes into the living room to talk to Grandma, while Derick and Grandpa Han wait for Luan to come out so they can iron out a few more details. "Okay, Grandpa Luan''s gone, and I don''t understand why you didn''t mention anything that was done in the Ritual that day?" "We can''t let him know about the details of the Ritual until he has control of the demon in his body, otherwise the same accident could happen as years ago, and we''ll lose the chance to conjure the demon once again." "I don''t feel comfortable hiding something from Luan, we''ve always been very honest with each other." "Yes, I know, Derick, but we''re dealing with a very cunning ancient demon, I myself spent 70 years tracking it down and I still haven''t managed to conjure it." "Just stay by Luan''s side, you''re the only one who can help him now, his magic if it falls into the wrong hands, could become real chaos, Luan has his oath as a Magician, all magic has its price, so always remember, wherever you go, never leave him alone." "I''m aware of that, Grandpa." Derick thinks: (Crap, I''ve become Luan''s babysitter for good, I avoided him so much at first, but I''m sure of it, there''s no turning back now). Luan and Derick stay in the living room and talk to their grandfather for a while, they make them eat a lot, while Justin, Derick''s father, comes in and asks Luan to talk to him for a moment. They go into the kitchen and Justin asks Luan to help him tomorrow after school to go to a car dealership and buy Derick a car as a present because his birthday is on Friday, and as they performed with the band in the square, it would be a good time to give Derick the present, Luan readily makes himself available and is really happy with the idea. "Wow, we''ll have a car to drive around in." Justin adds: "Yes, and it will help with your missions from now on, have you received your DSO badges yet, Luan?" "Oh, I''m waiting for them to send them to me, but they said they''d had a problem with the issue, because it''ll be a different ''special badge'' to the usual one, I think we''ll be able to start next week." Justin then takes them home, Luan is all excited, trying not to make it obvious that he''s hiding something from Derick, while Derick stares at Luan, finding him very animated, different from the way he was at school. Stolen content warning: this tale belongs on Royal Road. Report any occurrences elsewhere. "No, but are your ears sensitive, Luan?" "Oh, I''m fine now, it seems to have gone away a bit." Luan is writing something in his notebook, while they are in the car heading home, Derick is watching and trying at the same time to read what he is writing, Luan seems quite concentrated at the moment, when Derick pulls the notebook out of Luan''s hands and says: "Hm, what are you writing...let''s see..." "Hey, Derick, give it back! I haven''t finished yet!" Derick reads what Luan has written, and is incredulous at what he reads. -Clause 1- Do not appear in my dreams, only when requested. -Clause 2- Not to appear when I''m in class, or when I''m watching a basketball game. - Clause 3- Never break a bone without my consent. -Clause 4- Do not manipulate me and use my magic for your own interests. -Clause 5- Do not open a portal without my consent. "Luan, honestly that doesn''t sound like a contract, nobody in their right mind would accept that!" "He''ll accept it, it''s a simple contract, but there''s a catch in one of the clauses, and he''ll certainly accept it." "Hm, what if he listens to you or even reads your thoughts?" "Yes, it might even be possible, as I''ve only been using blocking magic for a short time I can''t control it yet, that''s exactly why when I want to hide some of my thoughts, I write them down in my notebook, time for a test!""Test?" "Yes, look at my notebook again, can you read it?" The words written in his notebook disappear, Derick looks at the notebook again and sees that everything is blank, he flips through it and it looks blank. "What? What do you mean, it''s all gone!" Luan takes his notebook back from Derick and replies: "Only the owner can read it Derick, you''ve missed your only chance! Haha " Derick then grumbles, Luan as always enjoying teasing Derick. "Blah... it''s not funny, we''ve finally arrived, I''m tired of looking at your face today, bye!" Luan gets out of the car, thanks his uncle for the ride and goes up to his house, takes a shower and cuddles Fluffly while sitting in the window of his room, thinking: (I definitely hope you show up soon, we have a contract to sign before starting at DSO, it''s time to find out what really goes on there!) ... Chapter 20- Presentation in the Square + Birthday Surprise- Part 1
Annoucement: I haven''t yet reaped good fruit, but I have to be patient, it''s very difficult to do what you like, in the sense that you don''t have as much support, but that doesn''t mean you shouldn''t do what you like, just persist and stay strong
...... Friday has finally arrived, Luan is looking forward to delivering Derick''s present, and giving the band a small performance in the square that evening. Mary and the girls have helped with the publicity for the pocket show, and Luan has asked them to make some posters and has asked them to give more prominence to Derick and Kenji, just as he and Theo agreed earlier, Derick notices that there are more posters of them than of the others, and in everything he and Keni are more prominent. "Mary, the photos are good, but why are there so many posters of me? Not even Kenji got away!" Kenji looks impressed, but then realizes that it was probably Luan and Theo who set something up. "It was probably Luan and Theo who asked for it! Haha" Derick rolls his eyes, annoyed as always, but not at all surprised by Luan''s antics. He takes one of the posters and draws a moustache on Luan''s face, and tells Mary to hang it up so it''s visible. He notices some messages sent on the cell phone he used to clone Tommy''s phone: -It''s today, get ready. -You know, as soon as I finish the job I''ll get paid, not before! -I know, it''s all arranged for the afternoon. Derick is alert, but he hasn''t been able to find out a time or who the victim might be. As a precaution, he asks everyone to be punctual, to be at the Square at the appointed time and for none of the four to leave without warning, and to keep an eye on their cell phones in case there are any other messages being sent. After lunch, the boys rehearse once more and arrange to meet at 5pm in the square to organize the equipment and put on their pocket show. Luan arrives a little late because he''s wrapped up with the delivery of Derick''s present, but soon arrives to Derick''s relief, they organize themselves, surprisingly there are quite a few people in the square, Mary and the girls have done a good job of spreading the word, Luan and Theo were right, more girls came to see Derick and Kenji, they celebrate that their idea worked. "I told Theo, putting Derick and Kenji''s picture up is a guaranteed success! Haha" "Yes, we know what attracts the public!" Derick slaps Luan on the back and says: "I knew you were in on it, you cunning fox, look at that poster, I think it''s great!" He points to the poster he''s scribbled on Luan''s face and laughs, Theo laughs, Luan looks at the poster and sees the moustache drawn on his face. If you stumble upon this narrative on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen from Royal Road. Please report it. "Not funny....but it''s a good idea, I''ll get a moustache like Grandpa Han''s...hehe" They laugh, and continue with the show, everything goes well, the audience likes the songs played, and many girls scream, and finally they ask Derick to sign the Posters, while he and Kenji are distracted, Luan tells Theo that he needs to go to the bathroom, and that he has to take care of the equipment, Luan disguises himself and goes to the place agreed with his uncle Justin, Justin parks the car and Luan calls Derick''s cell phone and speaks: "Hey Derick, there''s something you need to see....rapido!" "Where are you? I told you none of the four of you were to leave Luan!" "I know, but it''s urgent, come quickly, I''m just around the corner!" Derick doesn''t understand but deduces that it''s something important, Mary is in charge of looking at the boxes with the equipment, while Derick goes along with Kenji and Theo, they turn the corner and see Luan standing near a sports car, Luan sees them approaching and waves his arm calling for them and says: "Here, I''m here!" "Congratulations Derick, this is your present, we have a super spacious car, a beautiful model..." Luan, like those people who show off and present the car, Derick stands looking at Luan seriously, while Kenji and Theo are all happy: "Wow, that''s beautiful Derick, wow! Luan hands Derick the car key and says: "Shall we go for a drive, guys?" Derick looks very annoyed, he takes the key and says: "Okay, but only the boys, you''re not going Luan, so you learn not to make fun of serious things!" Luan''s eyes widen without understanding and he scratches his head. He stands there on the sidewalk while the boys get into the car, Derick starts it and drives off, "What''s gotten into him? He''s nervous, isn''t he?" Luan then decides to go back to the square, and wait for the boys to come back to get their equipment and go home, as he is passing the street that leads to the square, the streetlights go out of nowhere, everything goes dark. "Hey, is it a blackout?!" Meanwhile, Derick is driving around with the boys, Kenji says: "What about Luan Derick? I don''t think it was a good idea to leave him alone, I think he''s been preparing this surprise for days." Theo nods. Derick quickly retorts: "I know, I''m on my way back to pick him up, I just wish he''d stop playing with serious things, that''s the only way he''ll learn!" Derick pulls the car over at the same spot as before, but doesn''t see Luan, so he calls Luan''s cell phone and it automatically goes to voicemail, he thinks it''s strange, Kenji gets out of the car and goes to look around for him and asks Derick to check that he hasn''t gone to the Square. "Go to Derick Square, maybe he''s gone back there, I''ll look around here." Derick retorts: "It''s not even 10 minutes since we left, but damn it, Luan had to wait!" Theo keeps trying to call Luan, but only gets a voicemail. .... Chapter 20-Presentation in the Square + Birthday Surprise- Part 2 Part 2 Derick drives to the square and asks Theo to get Derick''s 2nd cell phone: "Theo, take a look at this cell phone and see if Luan''s GPS is activated and moving." Theo takes the cell phone from Derick''s hand and is surprised that he has a second cell phone, so he jokes and asks: "Another cell phone? Derick, did you clone Luan''s cell phone too?" Derick shakes his head and says: "Yes, I cloned Luan''s cell phone too, now tell me, is the GPS moving or not?" Theo looks at the cell phone, and the GPS seems to be stationary, but it seems to be a little further away from where they are, so he tells Derick about it: "It''s stopped, but it seems to be a bit far from the square!" Derick then stops the car, drops Theo off at the square and asks him and Kenji to pick up the equipment and take it to Derick''s house. He''s going to call his father to come and pick them up, and asks the two of them to wait for his father, he tries not to scare them, but Theo is a little upset because he knows there''s something wrong, but he obeys, because he knows that Derick may look calm on the outside, but he''s nervous on the inside. Derick calls his father and tells him to come and pick up Theo and Kenji from the square: "Dad, I need you to pick up Theo and Kenji in the square, urgently." "Son, is everything all right? Did you get your surprise?" "Yes, thanks Dad, but I''ve just had another surprise, did you leave my bow and arrow in the trunk? "What happened? Yes, I left them in the trunk, I know you''ll need them a lot! "I still don''t know what happened, but I''ll find out!" He hangs up the phone on the dashboard of the car, and accelerates the car to the location indicated by the GPS on Luan''s cell phone, but something seems strange, he stops the car at the corner and gets out of the car, but it''s an empty lot, just the bush, he soon sees a cell phone thrown on the ground, and goes towards it and picks it up sees that the screen is cracked and speaks aloud: "Damn it, my plan A went wrong... deep down my sixth sense was right, Luan would be the victim, I can''t leave his side for even 10 minutes..." "Have they discovered my spy? I''m so angry!" "Okay, let''s go to plan B then..." He hangs up the phone on the dashboard of the car, and accelerates the car to the location indicated by the GPS on Luan''s cell phone, but something seems strange, he stops the car at the corner and gets out of the car, but it''s an empty lot, just the bush, he soon sees a cell phone thrown on the ground, and goes towards it and picks it up sees that the screen is cracked and speaks aloud: "Damn it, my plan A went wro Meanwhile, everything seems dark, there are many voices nearby, he slowly regains consciousness, everything is still a bit dark, he notices that his face is covered by a cloth bag, his head hurts and he feels a slight ringing in his ear. Luan then notices that he is sitting somewhere, his hands are tied separately to each side with something a little heavy, it doesn''t seem to be rope, his feet are also tied separately, the voices now seem to be louder. "Isn''t it about time he woke up?" "You must have put a lot of product on the cloth!" "It needs to be a lot, I''m told we''re dealing with a strong demon, more than a lot here!" "Poke him, see if he''s awake yet!" One of them comes over and kicks Luan lightly in the leg and says: "Hey, wake up, it''s about time you woke up!" Luan tries to keep himself looking like he''s still awake, he realizes that he can''t move his watch in his left hand, attempt 1 to stop time discarded. He then tries to guess how many people must be present, and quickly thinks of what to do, when suddenly he hears a familiar voice. "Haven''t they finished him off yet?!" "What are you waiting for?" It''s Tommy''s voice, Luan recognizes it perfectly, he frowns, but doesn''t seem that surprised, when he hears another familiar voice: Stolen from Royal Road, this story should be reported if encountered on Amazon. "Man, I can''t believe you did that, I warned you that this isn''t the way to go, this isn''t going to work, let him go and let''s go, before..." Luan recognizes this voice too, he doesn''t hear it that often, but it''s a distinctive voice, he''s sure it''s Mark''s voice. Luan frowns and begins to feel very angry, he tries to control himself, and ends up moving his arms, then he hears the sound of chains, so he quickly deduces that he is tied up with chains. "He''s awake!" "Come on, hold the chains!" Luan feels the chains being pulled, each one to one side which ends up knocking him to the ground, they are pulled very hard, he then feels some demonic presences. "Pull harder, pull until your limbs are broken." Luan then starts to feel pain, but he stands firm and tries to get up, until one of the guys picks up a piece of construction wood and hits Luan on the head, and he falls to the ground again. Luan felt a loud ringing in his ear Piiii And again he hears a voice in his head: " Did you miss me? I think you need my help again..." Luan then replies: "I can hold out for a long time, but I''ll only accept your help if you sign a contract with me!" "Contract? Kid, you''re at a disadvantage here..." "Only if you accept the contract." "How stubborn, I just want to have some fun for a few moments, okay, okay.... I''ll check that contract..." "You''ll hardly refuse the contract, remember without breaking bones!" "They''re about to break yours... hm. I''ll think about your case..." The guys notice that Luan is silent and doesn''t move, so they decide to check on him, they take off the cloth bag covering Luan''s face, he has his eyes closed. "But already? I guess this demon isn''t as strong as they said!" haha And everyone starts laughing, including Tommy: "See Mark, he''s not that strong, haha" "Let''s go Tommy, this is far from over!" Mark starts to pull Tommy out, when Luan finally opens his eyes, in his demonic form and realizes he''s in a shed, then 2 irises appears, one of the guys grabs Luan by the neck, then Luan smiles and says: "Time for the 2nd show today..." The guy doesn''t understand, when Luan head-butts him, and the guy falls backwards. The rest of the guys grab the chains again and try to pull them, but Luan manages to break them and ends up freeing himself, the guys grab the objects in front of them, Luan takes advantage of the chains that are on his wrists, he wraps them around a bit more, and starts hitting the guys with them, he grabs one of the guys by the neck and strangles him with the chain, but not to the point of killing him, just to leave him unconscious, Tommy stands still and is shocked to see Luan, and this reminds him of a past episode, when he and his colleagues were harassing a boy, and Luan stopped them, apparently he remembers seeing something different on Luan''s face, but he thought he was mistaken, he goes into shock. "Oh damn... so it wasn''t a delusion, I really did see that face that day..." "Mark, I''ve seen it before!" Mark continues to pull him out of the shed, Tommy remains still and in shock. "I said let''s go Tommy, if you look directly into his eyes, you''ll be marked and hunted by him, put your hood up! Let''s go!" They manage to get out of the chaos on the 2nd floor, they rush down the stairs towards the exit. Derick, meanwhile, had a delay going after Luan''s GPS, he deduces that Luan has been taken to the Shed near Rio. "Oh, yes, because I didn''t remember the Shed! I need to confirm that he really is there..." He then turns to Plan B, his conjuration amulet which is hanging around his neck, this is the only way to locate Luan accurately as this amulet has been enchanted by Luan, he activates his amulet, and the amulet lights up and shows a blinking dot, the 4 elements are according to the cardinal points, north, south, east, west the rest of the deduction is up to the hunter. "I''m coming..." .... Chapter 21- Awakening the Beast + B.Day-Part 1 .... Derick finally arrives at the Shed by car, and confirms Luan''s location, he goes to the trunk and takes his arrows they work both for demons, paralyzing them and for humans electrocuting them, He goes quickly to the entrance of the Shed when he sees two boys coming out of another exit of the Shed, and notices their demonic presence and they seem to be very familiar, but he needs to go to Luan, he enters and finds some guys on the road and immobilizes them, he looks at the 1st floor, finds some more guys coming out punching and kicking, he decides not to use the arrows, because he feels the presence of more people on the 2nd floor. Luan continues to fight the guys from the gang and there are several of them, then he hears the gang leader say: ''We need to finish him off today, we''ve been paid not to let him take over your DSO post, that''s what we''ve been hired for!" "I told you to tie his arms apart, so he can use magic! Incompetents!" Luan stares at him, and decides to go straight for him, he''s quite fast when he''s possessed, his strength triples, he easily grabs the leader by the neck and starts dragging him by the blouse near a large window of the Shed, the others are down and some try to go after Luan, But they stop, when Luan gets close to the window that no longer has any glass in it, he threatens to throw the leader out of it, he grabs him by the neck again and is about to throw him out, he then looks down, and sees two boys in hoodies, Tommy and Mark. "Are they running away...?" Tommy and Mark hear the leader shouting: "Please let me go, I can explain it was just a joke!!!" The leader notices that he is staring at the two boys running away, so he says: "They... they are the leaders, I just obey their order!" "And I know I was told that you can only break the bones of demons, not humans..." Luan looks at him again, and yes, that information is correct, but he won''t admit it, he smiles and says: "Coward, they''re just children..." "Let''s test if I can''t break them, I''ll throw you from up here then..." The leader is still desperate, he''s really about to throw himself, in his desperation another guy takes out a knife from his waistband and runs towards Luan, who is at his waist and tries to stab Luan. Luan looks at the boys again, when Tommy turns back and ends up making eye contact with the demon. "Hm, I''ve seen that face before... now I can hunt it down" hehe Stolen from Royal Road, this story should be reported if encountered on Amazon. Tommy remains desperate as Mark pulls him towards the side exit of the Shed. When Derick uses his bow and arrow on him, he ends up electrocuting him and he drops the knife which slips and goes near the leader, the leader tries to get the knife, Derick ends up calling Luan but realizes that he is possessed again: "Luan? Damn... this isn''t Luan..." Derick realizes that there are many faces coming at him, but he decides to use his whistle and disperse the bone-breaking demon first. Phewww The bone-crunching demon looks back, realizes it''s Derick again in his way, and before he loses consciousness, he drops the leader to the ground again, holds up his hand and smiles, and just breaks the Leader''s hand and there''s one: Crackk "That''s for doubting that you couldn''t break a bone..." The leader screams in pain, as Luan puts his hand on his head and then loses consciousness, and a police siren sounds, the guys who are still standing run out, trying to escape Derick threatens to use his bow and arrow, but Luan regains consciousness and uses his magic to paralyze them. The police arrive, and start taking the guys to the cars, they check that Luan and Derick are okay and ask them to make a statement at the police station, and tell them what really happened. They sit on the bench waiting for those responsible to arrive, Luan looks a little bruised, but it''s all superficial and there are only the marks of the beatings and the chains on his wrists and legs, so he refuses to go to hospital, even though Derick insists. "Luan, we need to see if you''re okay." "I don''t want to go, I''m fine." Then he looks at his watch, and it''s already 12:30 a.m. He looks at Derick again and says: "It''s after 12:30 then...Happy Birthday Derick, I hope you enjoyed the surprise." Derick looks at Luan, he really doesn''t like celebrating birthdays, and adds. "Surprise? Hunf, don''t give me any more surprises, I''ve had enough for today!" Luan pulls something out of his shirt pocket that he was going to give to Derick, luckily it''s not damaged, it''s a handmade bracelet, Luan made it himself and it contains an incantation, he then hands it to Derick. "What''s that? I don''t wear these things Luan...." Luan then grabs Derick''s hand and ties the bracelet around his wrist. "Shhh, this is just in case I need to look you up one day." Derick looks at Luan without understanding, he looks from one side of the bracelet to the other and stares at it for a while, when he looks away to say something Luan is almost dozing off, Derick warns him. "No, you can''t wake up... I''m not going to carry you again!" Luan replies with his eyes almost closed: "I couldn''t use magic today, I''m just tired..." And then he falls asleep. ... Chapter 21-Awakening the Beast + B.Day -Part 2 Part 2 Luan and Derick''s parents pick them up from the police station and they both return to their homes, Luke accompanies Luan home, and tells his mother Ana about lunch at Derick''s house, Luan takes a shower, and checks his bruises, his mother helps him by applying ointment, he then goes to his room and falls asleep. Luan notices that he is once again in the same place he usually dreams of, a desert place with reddish earth, he is near a cliff, everything seems so quiet, he starts to feel a breeze and it starts to get windy, he then sits down on the ground near the cliff, and from up there he sees a place that looks familiar to him, he sees a lake and says: "Oh, I''ve finally found a place that has a lake." He notices a few demons walking around the area, but there aren''t many. "Finally we have new guests, I hope they stay here of their own free will." Then someone sits down next to Luan, and he notices that it''s exactly the same as him. The only differences are the demonic eyes with a second iris, the pointed ears and the teeth with pointed canines. He then says: "Hm, so this is the portal you created..." It was exactly this clause of the portal that Luan was sure would make him accept the contract, so he says: "Hm, so that''s a yes?....mas wasn''t supposed to break that guy''s hand." His other self replies: "Bones of the trade, he thought I couldn''t break human bones..." "Well, we have a portal at stake, so I''ll probably accept, even if the other 4 clauses are ridiculous..." Luan laughs and finishes by saying: "I''ll think of a way to find something else to break." The other Luan mumbles something, and pushes the real Luan towards the cliff. "Hard to find... time for you to go..." "Ahhh" Luan then wakes up startled, and as expected another crazy dream. "Was that a dream... or not?" It''s already Saturday, so Luan gets up and goes for coffee, his mother is working at the bookstore, they''ll meet later, because today is the birthday lunch at Derick''s house, Luan apparently doesn''t feel so much pain in his body, his recovery seems to be improving rapidly, he goes to Derick''s house, his father Luke is present, and his grandparents too, Luan is in Derick''s room, he''s sitting on a second bed (the bed of his missing older brother), he seems distracted in his thoughts, Derick soon notices that Luan is scattered. "Hm, he''s scattered, it''s probably about the latest event in the Shed, time to find out what''s going on in that little head of his." "Luan, are you in pain? He''s so quiet." Luan is lost in thought, Derick snaps his fingers to get his attention. This tale has been unlawfully obtained from Royal Road. If you discover it on Amazon, kindly report it. "Han? No, I''m not in pain." "I was just thinking, when my head was covered with the bag, I heard two familiar voices, and it''s bothering me." Derick soon remembers seeing two boys coming out of the Shed, and indeed he seemed to know them, but he was too busy fighting the other guys in the gang. "And whose voices would they be?" "...I''m pretty sure it was Tommy and Mark..." "Hm, so we know who did it." Luan nods in agreement, but what bothers him is that Mark is in the middle of it, even though he knows that Mr. Scoot isn''t the best person, he didn''t expect Mark to be involved too, he finds it hard to believe that it''s true, even when they didn''t think of helping the group in the Awakening Test. (Was it a mistake to help him? Or is it like the saying goes, A rotten apple never falls from a rotten apple tree? Will he be just like his father, or not? Time to think of a solution to this, without having to use force, Tommy already has an open case at the Disciplinary Board, they won''t be able to cover it up this time, I just need more evidence and one more slip by Tommy). "Derick, we need the printouts of Tommy''s cell phone messages, and find a way to make them valid." Derick shows the flash drive in his desk drawer, this and other previous evidence, from the episode of the fight in the square, the malicious post made on the forum and the recording of the gang meeting made in the Shed, seems like a lot of information, but believe me, many other cases were presented by the students, but Mr. Scoot''s lawyers found a way to get around it, and interrupt the Disciplinary Board. The other adults are chatting in the living room, Grandpa Han and Grandma are on their way out, Grandpa Han is feeling very tired, and as he leaves he pats Luke on the back and says: "Don''t let your anger get the better of you, do what you have to do, but in a way that doesn''t use violence, or else we''ll be just like them." Luke nods, he''s very angry about what happened and he knows exactly who caused it again, the Luke of old would have sorted the whole situation out, but we have a more mature person now, he already has his magic trick up his sleeve. "Hm, I know what Mr. Scoot is afraid of, I''ll make sure to remind him." Justin is drinking and chatting, Luan''s mother Ana is already there, and they''re chatting and reminiscing about the old days, when the three of them were hunters. "Let''s remember the day Ana became famous at the DSO for setting fire to the Awakening Test" "Yes, they didn''t call her because they were afraid she''d do it again...sure!" "Shh, exaggerators, I''ll tell you the real story now." .... Epilogue Adults 3- Old Times. Part 1 25 years before.. The year is 1998, Ana Bianchi moved with her family to Rivercity, her family has always been considered very strong wizards and magicians, Ana is 15 years old and didn''t really like to practice her skills, she just wanted to look like a normal person, without having to worry about family matters, she was enrolled at ST High School belonging to the Becker Group, that''s where she met Principal Han Becker, Luke Becker and Justin Becker, and also Mr. Scoot. In the first few days of school, Ana found it difficult to socialize because she was a foreigner, and it was halfway through the school year, many groups had already been formed, at first she felt upset, because she wanted to change schools, that is, she was facing a phase of rebellion and change, that''s when she came up with the idea of taking part in the vote for the Student Guild, a total stranger decided that it was a way to make herself known, but she didn''t know who she would be up against being the current President Luke Becker, and Justin Becker as vice-president, the first meeting wasn''t very pleasant. Ana has been attending school for a week, she is still getting to know the school and when she is walking through the Second Courtyard, she hears voices, and notices that some boys are arguing, one of them is sitting on the bench, this is Luke Becker, he has blond hair and green eyes, and along with him is his brother Justin, he has black hair and blue eyes, and is holding someone by the collar of his shirt, Ana seeing the situation interpreted that Justin, was abusing a student and as she was born with a vigilante spirit, decided to intervene: "Aren''t you ashamed to do that to a fellow student?" Justin is surprised and quickly loosens the boy''s shirt collar and tries to explain himself: "Oh, it''s not the way it seems..." Ana shakes her head in the negative and interrupts him: "There''s no excuse for that, I''m going to report you now, losers!" Justin tries to retort, but Luke gets up from the bench, pats Justin on the back and says as he turns his back to Ana: "No need to explain yourself Justin, ok fine, do as you see fit." Ana stares at Luke''s back, she feels challenged, so she doesn''t think twice and goes to the Coordinator''s office, and decides to report what happened, but she doesn''t know the names of those involved, she has no idea who they are, but she reports it anyway, and takes the opportunity to sign up for the vote for Student Guild President, how she will win we don''t know, but she needs to put together a group and a slate, her main objective is to put an end to bullies in the school, she can''t stand this kind of behavior. She looks at the groups that are taking part in the vote, and finds an Electoral Slate with an open position, she looks at the other groups, they are already complete and there is a group with more prominence, she at first reads the surname "Becker" but doesn''t pay attention to the details, she then goes down to the cafeteria because break time is ending and she hasn''t even eaten anything yet, She goes to the queue to get a quick snack, and finds a mixed group of girls and boys, they are standing in the middle of the queue talking, this already makes Ana irritated, when she notices someone picking up a snack and taking it to the two boys who were in the Courtyard (Luke and Justin), then she thinks: (Those two again, on top of that they''re slackers, making someone buy and take snacks for them, I need to find out their names, and gather evidence against them!) Ana sits down at a table next to theirs, their backs to her, while he eats his snack, she watches the two, they don''t even notice her presence and continue chatting, they seem to be well known in the school, many people greet them, she decides to focus her attention on the paper she needs to fill out to run for the electoral slate they were recruiting and goes back to her classroom. The lessons last until the afternoon, before leaving she also applies for a reading group, she ends up being late leaving school so she decides to take a quicker shortcut that she discovered a few days ago that takes her to the street outside her house, it''s an empty lot and an abandoned shed, she usually goes there to write, and curl up as much as she can to avoid going home to practice magic, her parents make sure she practices magic every day, they are very demanding in this regard, so she does her best to curl up as much as she can, she likes to write, and has a specific notebook for her writing. Some time passes and Ana decides to go home, meeting two other boys, one of whom is wearing a uniform, she notices that he is wearing the same school uniform as hers, and she doesn''t remember seeing him before, she continues to watch them, and sees that he has a poster in his hands, and she remembers seeing him on the Guild Election panel, she tries to go unnoticed, but one of the boys sees her and says something to her, But she pretends not to hear and continues walking, heading towards a hole in the wall, which by the way leads to the street where her house is, the boy then insists, Scoot catches his eye and realizes that Ana is from the same school as hers, and for some reason seems to know her, interrupts the boy, he then introduces himself and extends his hand to greet her: "Hey man, be quiet, don''t listen to him, we''re from the same school, well, let me introduce myself, I''m Scoot." Ana has heard this name somewhere before, but can''t remember where, so she greets Scoot, and takes the opportunity to ask him about the poster in his hands, Scoot then confirms that he is and that he is recruiting helpers, he notices Ana''s interest, and invites her to join his group, Scoot is running for the position of President, he notices Ana''s interest, so he decides to offer her an invitation, to be the Treasurer. Ana thinks for a few moments, but decides to accept, she shakes Scoot''s hand and thanks him for the invitation, they add each other''s cell phone numbers and arrange to meet tomorrow at break time, Ana goes through the hole in the wall and leaves for her house. This content has been unlawfully taken from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere. When she arrives home, her mother has already returned from the law firm where she works with her husband, she notices that Ana has arrived later than she should have, and calls her: "Ana, you''re late, you have to train for 2 hours today!" Ana nods, she tries not to retort or argue with her parents, the last time she got angry and they argued, she almost accidentally set the house on fire trying to control the elements, and ended up being grounded for days, she is still training to avoid getting out of control, she goes straight to her Father''s Office who is working in his law office, there are many books and there are several books on a table, Ana sits down takes a book of Magic, and starts practicing. The next day, she meets up with Scoot and the other members of the group introduce themselves, they sit down at a table in the cafeteria and as they eat, they talk about their plans for the Election, Ana seems to be very committed about it, she''s very communicative when she needs to be. The rival group then sits down at the table next to theirs, Scoot stares seriously at one person in particular, his eyes seem to be on fire, it''s Luke Becker, they really don''t get on at all, Scoot as always teases him, but Luke doesn''t even pay attention to him and keeps smiling. "The king of the school has arrived..." Ana then realizes that it''s the two boys from the other day, she then grimaces in disapproval, Luke then recognizes Ana, and is a little surprised to see the girl from the other day, sitting with Scoot''s group, they talk to each other, Justin looks at Ana, and notices that she''s looking at the two, almost glaring at them, and says: "Oh, that looks like her... she''s with Scoot, so it doesn''t look good." The two of them sit down at the table and talk, and as usual someone brings them their snacks, Ana can''t stop staring and gets indignant about what she''s seeing, she ends up calling them "slackers" in a low voice, Scoot listens and laughs, and agrees with Ana, the two of them finish their snacks, and each one goes to their class, later Scoot hands Ana some flyers and asks her to deliver them, Ana follows Scoot''s advice, she goes to the school exit gate, and starts introducing herself and handing out the flyers to the students, some take them, others ignore them, but Ana doesn''t stand still, when she sees that someone has ignored her, she stands in front of the person, gives a nice smile and makes people notice her, and takes the flyer. "Hi, I''m Ana, please vote for our slate for the Student Guild Election, I promise to put an end to the Privileged, equal rights for all, and not to slacker Bullies!" But as always, some people pick up the leaflets, don''t even look at them properly and throw them on the floor. Ana gets angry, but she knows that this always happens, regardless of the situation, so she picks up the leaflets, crumples them up and puts them with some other leaflets that are left over. "People, as usual making a mess...." As she gets up, she bumps into Luke, who is coming out of the school gate, and ends up knocking over the rest of the leaflets that were in his hand. He promptly bends down to help, but Ana notices that it''s one of the boys she calls losers, so she interrupts him: "It had to be you, I don''t need your help, I''ll get it myself." Luke even picks up one of the flyers, and notices that it''s about the Student Council election, with Scoot as president, Caroline as vice-president and Ana as treasurer. (Ah, it''s about the election is the slate of...President- Scoot, blah, it had to be him...and Vice President....Ana? Who''s Ana? ) He nudges Justin, who is coming up behind him, and asks: "Justin, you''re on Scoot''s ticket...but can you tell me who Ana is?" Ana then, without listening, raises an eyebrow, takes a deep breath and, without thinking twice, retorts: "I.... am Ana!" Then she pulls the flyer out of Luke''s hand. Luke looks surprised, not understanding anything. "Oh, sorry, I didn''t know..." "You don''t know about school affairs, because you''re busy abusing students and making them into servants!" "Hm, excuse me, what do you mean? What are you talking about? I don''t think you know who I am..." Ana interrupts him. "Ah, typical privileged playboy phrase..."you don''t know who you''re talking to?~ "What? That''s not what I said... and that''s not what I meant..." Ana turns away, picks up the rest of the flyers and puts them in her backpack. While Luke stands there not understanding anything, he looks at Justin and says: "What the hell was that? Justin laughs, also without understanding, and prefers not to add fuel to the fire, so he just says: "I don''t think she liked us very much, in short, let''s go home, we have to train, Dad''s going to work hard today, we''re already late!" Luke walks home, talking to himself, he''s not used to being treated like this, except with Scoot, who always does everything to annoy him, but he''s used to it. "Wow, she didn''t even let me finish talking...I still went to help her..." Justin just listens to him talking to himself, but in fact, even though they are the Headmaster''s sons, at no time do they take advantage of the situation, they weren''t brought up to do so, Grandpa Han always brought them up to be helpful, honest, and never to use their social position to take advantage of someone, and always to value honesty, and he disapproves of any kind of behavior that goes against this. Although Luke agrees with his father''s upbringing, he tends to be a bit more rebellious, and gets angry more easily, which makes him more aggressive when he needs to be. Justin is calmer in parts, as he prefers to resolve matters before Luke, which is why they have an agreement that all problems that occur in the Student Guild should be passed on to Justin first, so that he can analyze them more calmly, and only pass on the problems. Justin is exactly like a shield for Luke, Justin only gets into a fight if there is no other alternative. The two of them are approaching the abandoned lot and run into a bunch of kids. .... Epilogue Adults 3- Old Times. Part 2 If you come across this story on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen from Royal Road. Please report it. Chapter 22-Contract with your host. Part 1 Ana briefly tells the story of when she met Luke and Justin, and how they came out alive and champions of the Awakening Test, and then discovered that it was a sabotage carried out by Mr. Scoot''s father, already deceased by the way. Scoot''s father, who is now deceased. Ana didn''t actually receive an invitation to the Awakening Test, but she can''t explain exactly why, she knew the date because certain events are related to the phases of the moon, she waited for Luan to tell her, but Luan ended up not telling her the day of the Awakening Test for fear that she might get anxious or nervous, so he asked her to keep it a secret, the intention was not to worry her, but he ended up worrying her more, because he was asleep for days recovering, Ana looks at Luan who is present listening to the story wanting to choke him, and says: "Yeah, you hid it, but your uncle called me and told me everything that happened that day, next time you hide something from me, you''ll see what I do to you Luan.... Luan rolls his eyes. His mother is calm most of the time, but she is a nervous wreck. Derick immediately takes his arm away, and walks away as if to say, "Go it alone," Luan gives his mother a little yellow smile and says: "I just forgot to tell you, Mom, did I tell you that I love you today? Ana makes an angry face but ends up laughing, Luan as always trying to escape the scolding, she had another scare with what happened with Luan''s supposed kidnapping, she really felt sick knowing that he was gone, she went straight to the police station, Luke was already there, the police are already investigating this gang, they already have access to the footage from the cameras in the streets, and around the Shed, and many of them have been arrested including the leader of the gang, but the investigation continues with some evidence from the other previous fight, Andrew''s father, who is a close friend of the Beckers, is on the case, and confirms that he has enough evidence for the judicial process, and the process of the Disciplinary Board is also open, gathering previous evidence, Luke as Father and Principal of ST High School, is personally taking care of every detail, and waiting for the day of the meeting with the current Principal, but he discovered that the Principal is friends with Mr. Scoot, and going deeper. Scoot, and digging deeper, it was discovered that the Principal is Mary''s uncle, our Student Council President, which explains why she was part of Mark''s group in the Awakening Test. Luan and Derick need to get some rest and sleep, Luan now seems to be in a bit of pain, he decides to go to his house (which is next door to Derick''s), the adults talk for a while longer, they already seem to be a bit cheerful because of the drink, Ana is talking to July Derick''s mother on the 2nd floor balcony, Ana ends up starting to cry out of the blue (a lot of emotions get mixed up when you''re a mother, it''s a mix of emotions one day you explode), she''s very worried even though she knows that Luan is going to have to go through even bigger problems, but she''s really upset and wants to make things right with Mr. Scoot, since he was her father. Scoot, since he was her first "friend", although things didn''t work out years ago, but in a way it was Mr. Scoot''s fault, Ana has already decided that she''s going to talk to him in person, hardly anyone will be able to make her give up on this idea, July tries to calm her down but decides to ask for help from someone, who knows her the longest, and who will be able to make her calm down, none other than Luke, Luke goes up to the 2nd floor to talk to her. is a little apprehensive, because he knows that Ana is angry when she needs to be, but somehow he manages to calm her down, even though many years have passed, even if he gets beaten up he will go to her. The tale has been taken without authorization; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident.As soon as Luke arrives at the door, Ana thinks it''s Jully, so she says: "Don''t even think about changing my mind, I''m going to Mr. Scoot." She then looks up and sees that it''s Luke, so she quickly disguises it by wiping her face and stares up at the sky, apologizing. "Sorry, I thought it was July..." Luke looks worried because he knows she''s been crying, but he''s not surprised because he knows Ana''s way too well, it''s not that easy to convince her of something, he comes over and sits down in a nearby chair and remains silent for a few moments. Ana finds it strange that he doesn''t say anything, picks up the glass of drink that is on the usual table and takes a sip. Luke notices that she takes her drink quickly and decides to speak: "I hope you don''t want to go there right now..." Ana makes a "what a good idea you''ve given me" face, Luke notices that instead of giving up on the idea, she thought it was a good one, but he then adds. "It won''t even get past the entrance gate, if it''s like this, you''d better calm down and think about it, regardless of whether he was your ''friend'', he doesn''t seem to care about hurting our son." Ana stares at Luke in amazement, this wasn''t the kind of attitude he had when he was younger, he was always very impulsive, and always got into fights, but she doesn''t think it''s bad that he''s changed, it''s good that he seems to be more mature now, but she knows that deep down he''s controlling himself a lot when it comes to Mr. Scoot. "I''m sorting it out, don''t worry, I''ll get him soon." Ana nods positively as she thinks: (Wow, he seems like a different person...but I heard he wanted to break down the gate on the day of the Test, I probably would have set fire to the DSO if I''d had to, am I the impulsive one now? Nobody messes with my son, that''s a fact). "Okay, you''re right, but I still want to talk to him, I''ll do it when I''m sober. I need to go home now..." Ana gets up quickly, which by the way makes her dizzy, she puts her hand on her head, Luke quickly gets up and goes to hold her, he holds her in his arms, Ana stares at his face, without much reaction so she doesn''t move and just stares at him, like that for a few seconds, and Luke lets her go slowly, Ana really felt that the drink had got to her, she thanks him and goes to the stairs to go down, Luke ends up following her, before she rolls down the stairs and says: "I''ll walk with you... it''s better." They leave through the gate, and Ana heads for the front door of her house, Luke helps her into her house, they enter Ana knows he''s had a bit to drink too, and thinks it''s best he doesn''t go back to his place, so she advises him to sleep at hers. "Thanks, well, you''ve been drinking, so you can''t drive, so you''d better rest, you can stay here at home, if you want to lie in bed I''ll lie on the sofa, if you want to stay here of course..." Luke is a little surprised, it wasn''t exactly his intention to accompany her for ulterior motives, but it''s very late so he accepts, he looks at Luan''s bedroom door, who is already asleep and says: "Okay, I''m going to sleep here on the sofa, you should sleep in bed...as soon as I feel I''m okay I''ll go home." Ana understands, otherwise if Luan wakes up and sees his father, even though he is his father, he will be a little confused by the situation. Ana gets a pillow and a blanket for Luke, because it''s winter and soon it will start snowing and we''ll soon be close to the end of the year festivities, the kitten Mr. Fluffy who always sleeps with Luan, he observes the situation through the crack in Luan''s door, as soon as Luke lies down and covers himself, she comes out of the crack and jumps on Luke, and lies on top of him, Luke keeps stroking him and they both fall asleep. ..... Chapter 22-Contract with your host. Part 2 Part 2... It''s already 3:00 am, Luan decides to get up, he''s thirsty, he notices that Fluffy isn''t sleeping with him, he opens the door and sees someone sleeping on the sofa, he thinks it''s strange, but quietly goes closer and sees that it''s his Father. (Hm, who''s sleeping there...is it...my Father?! He silently gets to his feet, goes to get some water to drink, and stands there thinking: (I wonder what happened? What have I missed in all this time? Are my parents back?!) He goes back to his room, looks at the sofa again, scratches his head, and goes back to sleep. Luke looked very tired, he didn''t even feel anyone passing near him, being a demon his senses are always more acute, he wakes up at 4:00 am, Fluffy gets up while Luke straightens the sofa, arranges the blanket, leaving it on top of the sofa, he looks at Ana''s room, but decides not to wake her, and leaves, until he explains to Luan too. It''s Sunday and a few hours later, Luan wakes up and goes into the living room, but notices that there''s no one else on the sofa. "Hey, did she leave?" He looks into his mother''s room and sees the door half open. For a moment he thinks of something, but shakes his head negatively and says: "No, he''s not in there all right, I''d better take a look...just out of concern." He goes to the door and sees that his mother is asleep, so he opens the door a little to check. And yes, she is sleeping alone. Luan is relieved for a moment. "What a fright... why did I think of that, God, it wouldn''t be possible, would it? I''m so used to just me and mine living together, what if my parents really did get back together? No, that''s probably in the past, or not." Luan goes to play some video games and sits down on the sofa, his body is fine, there are only a few bruises, but they will soon disappear, this week will be the day they officially report to the DSO, in the morning they studied and in the afternoon they went for a few hours, first they will get to know the procedures, and then they will be given their cases to solve, and they will probably take over the unsolved cases as well, Luan feels calm, but he knows that things have become more intense and rushed, because they will only be able to solve the problems after they leave school, he needs to find a trigger that will make the demon appear, and that won''t make him lose consciousness, after all when he takes over he doesn''t remember anything that happens, he remembers one fact, hearing Tommy and Mark''s voice, this is still bothering him a lot. Love this story? Find the genuine version on the author''s preferred platform and support their work! "I need to find a way, how to control this demon... the contract would be more like a pact, there''s no way he can sign it, after all he''s in my body, I can try to call him in my dream or get hit on the head, how am I going to call him?" "I know, if you''re listening, I have a present to sign our contract... okay? Are you there? Hey?" Ana gets up, sees Luan talking to himself and asks: "Good morning, son, is everything all right in there? Ana looks at the sofa and around as if she''s looking for something or someone. Luan looks at her and immediately understands who she''s looking for, so he decides to test her. "Good morning, everything''s fine, are you looking for something? His mother disguises it and replies that she was just looking for Fluffy the kitten, it''s time to feed him. Luan makes a "she''s not really going to tell you about it" face, but he jokes nonetheless: "Oh, you left a blanket on the sofa, mom, I guess you forgot, huh?" Ana remembers the blanket, and then she confesses. "Your father, your father... slept here, it was too late for him to come back, it was dangerous, that''s it." Luan already knew, but he pretends not to know anything, for now he prefers not to get involved in this matter, whether he wants to or not, they are his parents, and they are adults, they must understand each other in some way, he also has his insecurities, about how to act around his father, or feel good being around him, he thought it might be more difficult if one day he was close to his father, or if they were really going to meet again, but at first he doesn''t think it''s a bad thing for his father to be around again. He knows that things will sort themselves out with time, and only time will give them the answers they need. He spends most of Sunday playing and resting, after all, Monday has school, and he still hasn''t found a way to summon the demon. In the evening, Luan decides to order fried chicken by delivery and tries one last time today to summon the demon. "Hm, this is the gift I have for you, it''s a trade. Instead of you breaking the bones of demons, you can break these, so we can avoid bigger problems... hihi" A few moments later, his demonic form appears, his 2nd iris appears... "Hm, what do you want...hm, what''s that?" Note: I hope you enjoy your present, it''s a treat! Have fun breaking "just these bones"... : ) ) He takes the note and reads it, he rolls his eyes and then says: "Damn, what an annoying kid...grr" "Okay, you started it then..." He takes Luan''s cell phone, enters the food app and orders 2 more buckets of Fried Chicken, he''s really angry: Crack, Crack, Crack "That''s good, In return, you''ll get a present too, lithe brat...haha" Some time later, Luan comes to his senses and notices that there are three pots of chicken on the table, and a lot of broken bones, Luan feels a little nauseous, he finally understands the situation: "What? Did he eat all that? " "Finally, the contract is sealed for now, I hope you''re happy with the breaded chicken." "...I feel strange, bloated...I need to go to the bathroom, damn it!" He runs to the bathroom. Luan drinks some tea, to see if it will relieve him of feeling so bloated, he clears up the mess on the table and goes to sleep. The next morning, he wakes up still feeling strange, consequently the Student Council has scheduled a meeting today, Mary tells him early on that they''ve called some girls to talk in the Meeting Room, apparently they''re the girls who bullied Theo''s sister (Olivia from the first episode), until finally, they''ve managed to identify them and open the 2nd case to go through the Disciplinary Board. It''s going to be a long morning, by the way.... .... Chapter 23-1st Working Day- DSO- Part 1 Luan still doesn''t feel well in the stomach, he doesn''t usually eat that much chicken, he prefers vegetables and legumes, but it was the only way he found to "relieve" his host''s desire to break bones, the first classes go normally, at break time the Guild meets in the cafeteria to settle the last details, before the meeting, Mary, the president of the Guild, gives Luan some information about the girls in question who bullied Olivia, there are three girls from the second year, there are many complaints about them, their last victim was Katty, but she got important evidence about the three of them, Luan reads the following account of Olivia''s case in the incident book: Notebook of Intercurrences: First report - Year 1 student B reported that while she was in the cafeteria queue, she had to pick up snacks for students A, B and C several times, after a small disagreement in physical education class, student X accidentally bumped into Student B, and by the way ended up dirtying her uniform, after this event even with student X''s apology, she took her uniform to the laundry, but even so she was harassed every day. Students A,B,C at first deny the accusations, and say that they are all made up and that they haven''t done anything, Luan knows that it will be a long debate if he doesn''t find a way for them to confess, and have their punishments handed down to them, he notices one of the students as soon as Derick enters the Guild meeting room, he notices their interest, so Luan has the bright idea of asking Derick for help, Luan stands up and asks him to help him, Derick is aware of the situation at first he refuses, Luan then puts his hand on his stomach saying: "Derick I just need them to confess, you can have your way, just try to get this to have the necessary outcome, otherwise all the work Katty''s put into gathering information will have been in vain...me.... Ouch, I''ve got a stomach ache, I need to go to the bathroom..." Luan quickly leaves the room, leaving Derick unable to respond. Knowing him, he knows that he has a sense of justice, he will do his best to help, he keeps peeking through the door and sees that Derick is walking to the table where they are, but in fact Luan has to go to the bathroom, leaving him alone with the three girls, Mary and Kenji are in a board meeting talking to Principal Luke Becker and the coordinator, Derick sits in the chair and crosses his arms, looking at the three girls, they are all excited because one of them has a crush on Derick, the girl B she constantly stalks sending him messages, but never gets an answer from him, so she asks: "Why don''t you answer my messages Derick, I''ve been sending them for so long?" Girl C falls silent at Derick''s response, he doesn''t like having to talk about things like this, but since they''re girls he''s having to be more careful with what he says: "You''re going to be punished anyway, but you could at least think about your attitudes and improve them, now if you maintain your attitudes and don''t even want to repent and maintain this kind of behavior being just students, do you really think you''re going to survive outside? Things are very different out there, and don''t think they''ll be the best, you''ll certainly be used and discarded, I myself would hate to have a person like you near me, who is selfish and doesn''t even know how to admit their mistake." The girls remain silent, but Girl A, grimacing, mutters: "Pff... surely your ideal girl must be like Katty, the pretty and cute girls... that cheater" Derick looks at Girl A, sighs slightly annoyed and says: "Who is or isn''t ideal for me is nobody''s problem but mine...you''re the ones being accused at the Disciplinary Board, and all you can think about at the moment is boys, you should show some repentance, ideally you shouldn''t feign fake repentance, you should really reflect, well you''ve got a few hours left to admit it, so be responsible for your actions." Did you know this text is from a different site? Read the official version to support the creator. The three girls look at each other in awe, the Disciplinary Board will take place tomorrow, Derick gets tired of talking, so he gets up and goes towards the exit door, before leaving he says his last words, he decides to play with the girl who sends him messages and stalks him: "Oh, and if you really want me to answer you one day, be really sorry, and admit your mistake." The girl is surprised and feels hopeful. Derick leaves the room and bumps into Luan standing in the doorway, listening to the conversation. "Oh, what a fright Luan..." "Hm, well done, Derick, you made a good point." "Hm, don''t make me do that again, it''s much more complicated to talk when it comes to girls." Luan agrees, and slaps Derick on the back: "Oh yes thank you, I know, I know it''s complicated, that''s why I left these complications for Mary to take care of, I''m getting ready for the next one with Tommy and San." Derick raises an eyebrow and says: "They''re still giving us a hard time." Luan agrees and sighs, looking anxious and irritated at the same time. As Mary returns with Kenji and Mary to the meeting room with the three girls, there is a hush in the room as they wait for the three girls to sign their confession, so that the Disciplinary Board can run smoothly. Derick goes to his classroom to get his backpack, and Luan has to leave because today is the DSO''s first day at work. While Luan waits for Derick to go to DSO, Luan goes to buy something in the Cafeteria, he ended up getting a little irritated and his stomach still wasn''t right, and finally he didn''t eat anything today, so his stomach is really empty now. Ronccc "I''m so hungry, I still haven''t forgotten what you did to me yesterday..." A voice pops into your head "Don''t get smart with me, idiot.... I have thousands of years of experience..." Luan answers him quietly, but disguises it so people don''t think he''s crazy. "That explains it then, you''re very old, but even Grandpa Han isn''t as grouchy as you are....haha" "Cheeky prick... Luan starts laughing, just as Derick is arriving and looks at the scene in question and thinks: (He''s so young, and he''s already not right in the head... poor thing, it must have been stressful with those three, what complicated girls). Derick nudges Luan and hurries him off to DSO: "Luan, stop talking to yourself, you''re sounding crazy like that...come on, we''ve got an appointment." "Alone? That''s another rude prick, he''s forgotten that I listen to all of you...." Luan gets up quickly, that voice in his head is really going to drive him crazy one day, it appears when it wants and at the time it wants, he mutters to himself: "Shh, be quiet... I''m going to sound crazy like that." Derick listens and thinks Luan is talking to him: "What? Are you telling me to be quiet, Luan? Luan shakes his head no, then waves his finger in denial and points to his head, meaning "it''s the thing here", Derick rolls his eyes, he''s forgotten about this detail for a moment, he''s also still adapting. "Can''t you block him Luan, I don''t know, do a protection spell?" Luan agrees but retorts: "You can do a blocking spell, just to protect memories, but it doesn''t stop him from taking over whenever he wants, and right now I need to restore my memories when I was little, I feel like I need them again for some reason, and I believe that only the ''thing'' can restore them." The two arrive at the entrance to the DSO, which is located in a very large square, it is very close to their house, this will make it much easier for them, Luan looks out and says: "Finally we''re at the DSO, well it looks like an old church, not much has changed from the photo I have." ...continued... Chapter 23-1st Working Day- DSO- Part 2 Part 2 When they enter, the whole scene changes, the entrance hall seems to be super modern (the famous don''t judge the book by its cover), DSO Luan and Derick get their badges, and as soon as they enter they are introduced to the other people on their work team, they have a General Coordinator who will coordinate their missions, thus alerting them to probable invasions, The first thing they do is send out the scouts to check the location and level of the invading demon, so that the hunters can be alerted and prepare to hunt them down and conjure them, but it doesn''t all seem to be that easy, there are countless demons that have all sorts of tricks and powers, and there''s a high chance that they''ll be tricked. They finally go to the room where the two of them will be staying at the company, Luan ends up taking a photo of the badges, and there is no need for them to come to the DSO every day, just at the beginning to check and analyze the files and when they need to do interrogations and invocations, and get the information they need, There is an online system for classifying all types of demons, but some information is missing, something that Luan prefers to check the manual files in the folders, which are in the large Dead Archive Room, the two take several files and begin to put them in boxes, in order to analyze them, Luan speaks to Derick in a low voice: "Let''s keep it down, I still don''t know how much we''ll be watched here. "Well, apparently we''re taking files home today, we need the information, of course it''s all in the system, it would be easier to go through the system, but it seems that not everything is described in it, at least not in the detail we need, I still need the oldest files, and they don''t seem to be in this Dead Archive Room, we need to find out where they are." Derick agrees and adds quietly as well: "Yes, I agree, the manual files have more details, and in fact my Father said that the DSO has another type of Dead Archive, but as it''s been many years they''ve probably moved, it could be with the old artifacts too." The tale has been illicitly lifted; should you spot it on Amazon, report the violation. They return to their room, and the Coordinator soon appears in the room, knocks on the door he is passing to warn them: "Hello, Beckers, I need to give you two messages. "First, I''m stopping by to let you know that this weekend we''re going to the Gate of Hell, so prepare some items and equipment that you need to take with you, and try to wear these clothes, it''s good that they cover the whole body, so it''s more difficult to be recognized, there will be a cult and the intention is to go unnoticed in it, I''ll give you more detailed information soon, we''re going by boat so it will take a while, but it''s necessary to know the way to the Gate." "Second message, don''t forget the Descendants'' Ball, your invitations have already been sent out and are about to arrive for all the guests, remember you need to practice the main dance, the preparation classes have also been scheduled, it will be a masked ball so it''s mandatory that you wear masks, you can choose your dance partners, except for Luan Becker, his partner has already been chosen." Luan and Derick nod, having understood the information given to them, Luan thinks for a moment: (Opening a portal would be easier, but I understand we have to know the way, in case we need it one day, we need masks, in fact 2 types now, this Ball, but wait, why am I the only one who can''t choose a date? Not that I had anyone to choose from....but I don''t understand that). Luan is making a visibly uncomfortable face, Derick smiles and says: "Hm, I know who I''m going to ask." Luan looks surprised, and hoping he''ll tell him who that person would be, he rests his arm on the table and rests his face in his hand and says: "Wow, that''s fast, and who would that be Derick?" Derick looks down and replies: "None of your business." Luan looks frustrated that he can''t immediately figure out who it is, so he adds quietly: "Okay, at least you''ll know who your date is going to be, I have no idea who my date is, that''s not fair!" "Oh, on Portal day we need masks too, that way we can be safer, we''ll be around a lot of masked demons, it''s better to hide our faces, when we''re hunting we''ll use the cap on the blouse, I''ve already adapted a blouse that''s comfortable, it''s not ideal for them to see the "thing" we have to avoid its exposure as much as possible, the DSO knows about it because the "thing" also possessed my Father years ago, but a lot of things have changed around here, it doesn''t seem like the President has total control over everything, there must be more people involved. ...but I can''t say much from inside here, only from outside, I''ll explain later. " Derick agrees with Luan, he finds this whole mystery about the Ball strange too, and remembers that at Grandpa Han''s house there are so many artifacts and masks of all kinds, so he gives him the idea: "Let''s go to Grandpa Han''s house, we''ll probably find that mask you want." They box up the files and end up with two very full boxes. They tell him that they are taking the boxes with the files home so that they can read them more carefully. Derick calls Grandpa Han to tell him that they are going to his house and that they need to find some masks. .... Chapter 24- 1st School Discipline Committee -Part 1 The two of them leave the DSO and take a cab, and since they have the boxes with the files, it''s difficult to carry them back and forth to Grandpa Han''s house, since they didn''t come by car after Derick didn''t even remember that he has a car now, they arrive at Grandpa''s house, greet Grandma Becker, since they haven''t seen them for a few days, before the Test they came every day for training with Grandpa Han, They go to Grandpa''s office and as usual he is reading and looking for something, he seems a little frustrated, it doesn''t seem to be the information he needs, Luan notices that they are some very old manuscripts, so he soon understands that he is probably looking for information about the Bone Breaker Demon, titled by Luan as "the thing", Luan greets his grandpa with a pat on the back and says: "No new information on that subject?" Grandpa Han sighs, and replies: "Hello, my dears, nothing that can be useful for now Luan, well you want masks right, there are in the Depot just after the Winter Garden, but it must be a bit dusty where the artifacts are, I haven''t touched it in a while. All said and done, Luan and Derick arrive at the warehouse and Luan starts sneezing non-stop: Atchoo, atchoo "Cool, first time I''ve seen something that Grandpa Han left clean...my rhinitis, atchoo" He immediately sees two masks, they look like skeletons with a long beak, Derick looks to see if they don''t look a bit uncomfortable, but to his surprise they seem light, they wouldn''t hinder his vision, so they could cover their faces, he then comments. "Let''s take these, we''ll tell Grandpa Han." They go back and tell him that they''re going to get the two masks, Grandpa Han tries to remember who gave them to him, it''s been 70 years since he worked as a Time Conjurer, but he suddenly remembers, it was a gift from an old friend, but that friend mysteriously disappeared, it''s been so many years, and they still don''t know the whereabouts of that friend, he had even forgotten about these masks. "Oh, these masks, now I remember, you can take them, it was a present from an old friend, but I still don''t know exactly where they are." Luan looks at the mask, he can see colors that indicate a missing person, there''s a chance it''s lost, possessed, but he didn''t see any coloring, he gets pensive: (Strange if a friend is missing, would I still be looking, or would that friend be hiding and not want to be found? But these masks don''t look like they were made here, this is probably bone from a demon''s head). Derick remembers something, when Luan mentions colors on objects that belong to missing persons, he doesn''t really like to talk about it, but he feels that sooner or later he''s going to have to tell Luan, Luan must already know about it, but at no point did he ask anything specific, so he waits for Derick to talk about this very delicate family matter. "Luan, I need you to help me with something, but let''s leave it for another day." When Luan and Derick are on their way out, they run into Luan''s father, Luke Becker, who has come to drop off some shopping for his grandparents. He sees them both carrying the archive box and offers to take the boys home. They can''t refuse, because Luke picks up both boxes at the same time and takes them to his car. Luan and Derick stare for a moment at the size of Luke''s arm, he has the same physique as Justin, Derick''s father, they are real gym rats. "Hey Derick, will my arm ever be that big too?" Derick looks at Luan''s arm, he''s only 15 but has a good physique, but the difference in size is clearly evident, as he''s a sincere person we don''t expect him to lie, and we already know what to expect from him. "Your father is 40, mine is about to turn 41 and they''re in perfect physical shape, so I''m sorry Luan, I don''t think you''ll ever reach their size unless you train hard!" Luan is frustrated by Derick''s answer, he doesn''t even know why he asks certain things, knowing his answer, he looks at Derick''s arm who is 16, he is stronger than Luan, he even gives up the idea of comparing, he sighs and goes towards his Father''s car, it''s a sports car Luan stares at the car and says: "What a thing, there are people who get a car and don''t even remember to use it, well I''ll take the lead!" Derick pretends not to have heard and sits down in the back seat. Luan looks like he''s 12 at times, at others he seems so experienced, but he knows he''s had to mature quickly on many issues, for the others he''s learned to take everything in his stride, it''s the way he''s found to make things seem lighter than they are. Luke leaves them at home, and goes upstairs to drop off one of the boxes of files at Luan''s house, he enters and everything seems quiet, when he notices that Luan''s mother Ana, is asleep on the sofa, he took a few days off, it was a very intense year for her, a year of changes mainly, he notices that there is a box of tissues on the coffee table, it looks like someone is sick, he takes a blanket that is on the sofa and covers her. Unauthorized usage: this narrative is on Amazon without the author''s consent. Report any sightings. Luan quickly climbs the stairs to his house, his father has already left the file box near the armchair in the living room, he goes to stroke Fluffy the kitten and looks at the file box, puts his hand on his head and sighs. Pheww Luke notices that he seems distressed about something and asks: "Are you all right, son?" Luan is surprised, as normal as it may seem, he can''t remember the last time he heard the word son from his father, he feels something pleasant coming from that word "son", he disguises it by saying yes, he looks at his mother sleeping on the sofa, he gets up to cuddle Fluffy and decides to go and cook something while his father goes to the pharmacy to buy medicine for his mother Ana, she has a cold but isn''t taking any medicine, Luan hasn''t cooked anything for a long time, so he decides to make some soup for his mother and something for himself and his father, he looks at his mother sleeping on the sofa, she''s really tired, everything is going so fast, time seems to pass so quickly now, he looks at his watch, he feels that things are going to get faster and harder, he can only stop time when he opens a portal, he keeps thinking, when will he be able to open the next portal? I can''t open as many as I like, it takes up too much of my energy, it''s only for a few specific cases and emergencies, she also remembers that she didn''t take Derick to the Portal he created, he only mentioned that he intended to create a portal almost a year ago when he was trying to convince him to be his Awakening Test Partner, He said that tomorrow after the Disciplinary Council, he would take him to the portal he had created. Only he knows the coordinates, so Derick will know, but the only one who can open and reach the portal is Luan himself. His father returns with the medicine, and this brings Luan out of his numerous thoughts, he needs to focus on something else, otherwise he will feel overwhelmed, he decides to wake up his mother and tell her that the soup is ready, and make her take the medicine, if he were the one who was sick, Mothers will always put themselves aside to look after their children, regardless of whether she is ill or not, she will look after her son first, Luan knows his Mother, he knows how hard she has worked over the last 10 years, nothing has been easy, he really blamed his father Luke for his absence, each being in a different country, but he discovered that there are protective enchantments that don''t allow others to enter his house, he discovered that his maternal grandparents had this enchantment in the house they lived in together, and he also knows that at Grandpa Han''s house it''s like this: no one enters or leaves without his permission, and he needs to make one for his house too, the current one was made by his Mother, but it will really be necessary to make another stronger one, Luan puts this on his list too, I hope he remembers everything he has to do, the list only gets longer. The three of them end up having dinner together, Luke is recounting some of his exploits when he was a Hunter, Ana complements them, for a few moments they seem to be a normal family like others, Luan feels a pleasant sensation as he looks at both his Father and his Mother smiling as they talk, he feels that he used to be jealous of other men trying to get close to his Mother, as a way of protecting her, but he doesn''t feel that way with his Father around, he doesn''t feel jealous or that he should protect her from him, he feels that his initial anger towards his Father has passed, he honestly wishes he could stop time and freeze this moment, when will be the next time he will stop and appreciate little things, that make all the difference. His father says goodbye, he makes his mother take their medicine, and arranges to take the rest in due course, Luan still needs to read some files, he focuses on that before going to sleep, he''s pretty sure that Derick has already read all the part that was with him, so he decides not to stay so far behind him, he writes down what''s missing in the online system, since they both have access to the DSO system now, in parts, Luan has just discovered that a specific area of the system, which he doesn''t have access to, shows up as restricted or denied access, another thing he needs to find out now, where all the dead files are stored, and what''s in this restricted area of the system at DSO, it''s no surprise to Luan that a lot of things are being hidden, this only increases his desire to investigate DSO even more, he''s going to come up with some plan about it. .....Part 2... [author] I''ll publish the chapter in 3 parts, December 29, December 31 and January 1, Happy Holidays :))[/author] Chapter 24- 1st School Discipline Committee -Part 2 ,,, Part 2 It''s dawn and the day of the Disciplinary Board has finally arrived, early on Mary is very anxious and seems quite irritated, she''s back in the Guild meeting room with the three girls, who haven''t signed their confession yet along with Kenji and then Luan arrives, when she hears the girls whispering something and laughing, Mary turns to them slapping the table and says: Poww "What''s so funny? Is there a clown here? Everyone is startled by Mary''s slap on the table, Luan just looks away, he''s scared of Mary sometimes, Kenji can''t even lift his head to look, so startled is he, he fixes his glasses and remains silent, the girls stop laughing immediately and remain silent. Luan asks Mary to sit down, he opens a bottle of water and gives it to her to drink, then whispers to Mary: "Stay calm, there are only a few hours left now, I''ll take over from here." Luan gets up from the table, picks up the case file, pulls out a chair, turns it upside down and sits down opposite the three girls, who stare at him. She picks up a clock on the meeting table and marks 20 minutes, the clock starts ticking and he puts it in front of them and says: "I''m going to give you two options, and 20 minutes to make up your minds." The girls actually look a little scared now, they stay silent as Luan speaks: "First Option, to admit what you''ve done, Second Option, to admit that you''re really sorry for the damage you''ve caused, apart from the three main accusations, there are others in this folder." He looks inside the folder, and makes a face as if there are many others." He places the folder on the table and looks at them, they tense up as time is running out, Luan continues. "We have a punishment, but I''m waiting for you, if you take the blame, but if you don''t the consequences will be greater, for me you''d be expelled, but it''s not up to me. " Girl C decides to retort: "If I''m expelled, I''ll go to another school, my father will sort it out." Luan looks at Girl C with a smile and replies: "You can even switch to 1, 2 or even 10 schools, your past will haunt you no matter what, at least I''ll make sure everyone knows about it, honestly if you were at my old school, you wouldn''t last a day there, the students are really fierce, and I''m not much different, but at this school the rules are different so we have to adapt to them, well if you want I can be your enemy, what do you think?" Luan then points to the clock on the table, showing that there are now only 15 minutes left. Girls A and B are already determined to admit their mistakes, while girl C continues to be difficult and arrogant: "You two are giving up too easily, you don''t know who my father is, he''s a very important MP in Rivercity, he controls a large part of this city." Luan looks debauched, he doesn''t seem the least bit surprised, let alone intimidated, he continues: "Wow, so we have a future gangster as an heiress, congratulations." "I can mark the option that you''re a coward who doesn''t take responsibility for what you do, and you''re hiding behind your daddy, right? What a disappointment for those who voted for this MP, with a daughter who is abusive and who practices violence at school, are the voters going to like that? Then they say that demons are evil, are they really or does this human project here seem to be worse?" A case of literary theft: this tale is not rightfully on Amazon; if you see it, report the violation. Mary looks at Luan, and gives him a "hold back" look, but she already knows Luan, he has his own ways, the other two girls confirm that they''re going to take the blame, the other one starts to think again after what Luan told her, it''s quite clear that he''s going to go all out to be her enemy. "Well, time''s running out, we''ve got 2 assuming they''re going to confess, and the other one who chose the option of me making her life hell, correct? " Girl C decides to go back on what she said: "No,...I ....decided to assume my guilt as well." Luan, satisfied with his answer, ends the countdown on the clock and picks up the folder signed by the three of them: "Oh, you''ve gone back, at last you''ve made the right choice." Luan picks up the incident folder, walks to the exit door of the meeting room and gives his final warning: "Come on, the Board will be starting soon, and one last warning for you three, if I catch you committing any kind of abuse, I''ll make sure to take you for a ride to hell, but I warn you, it''s a bit hot there!" Luan goes up to the Director''s office, hands the case file to Director Luke Becker, and exchanges a few words with him about the case: "Well I got a confession that they''re going to take the blame, I hope they really do, they don''t seem that sorry, especially this girl here, the MP''s daughter, she must think she owns the town or something." Luke picks up Girl C''s record card and says: "Ah, I know who it is, Wow, he really made it as a Member of Parliament." "Thanks Luan, but don''t expect too severe a punishment today, I don''t trust this Rector very much, he''ll probably give us a bit of trouble." The Rector in charge of the Rivercity Education Council finally arrives, he and a few other members, he passes Luan, Mary and Kenji, and greets everyone and especially Mary: "Good morning everyone, I finally saw you today Mary, I haven''t seen you at home for days." Mary looks at him uncomfortably and says: "I''ve been a bit busy, hello Uncle." Her uncle then enters the boardroom, and joins the others, the coordinator, the vice-principal, Grandpa Han is also present, this room is literally going to be on fire today. Luan knows that Mary is an orphan because he read it in her school records, but he never dared to go into it, waiting for the right time when Mary wanted to talk about it. Kenji looks at Luan''s surprised face and asks: "Uncle?!" Mary nods and says: "Yes, I''m an orphan, so I''ve lived with my aunt and uncle since I was little." Mary is silent for a moment, something doesn''t seem right, Mary crosses her arms and says: "Well I hope he''s honest, that would help with today''s Disciplinary Board, and we have a good outcome." Luan and Kenji agree, they go back to the classroom as the three of them are from the same class, while they are on their way to the classroom Luan looks at Mary thinking about what to say to Mary, so he ends up saying: "When you want and need to talk about something, let me know." Mary looks at Luan and nods, "Okay." ..... Part 3---->> Chapter 24- 1st School Discipline Committee -Part 3 Part 3 An hour passes, Luan and Mary seem anxious, they really want to know how things are going at the meeting, Kenji seems focused on listening to what the teacher is explaining, as always he is very focused and responsible, he is an excellent Secretary in the Student Guild, helping out in the Treasury as well, but he doesn''t give up a good gossip, he is always up to date with things that happen at school, they haven''t rehearsed with the band for a few days, they need to practice even if it''s at the weekend, it helps to relax a bit. When the break bell rings, Luan and Mary run out of the classroom, the Disciplinary Board meeting must have finished, Kenji goes more slowly, he''s confident of a good result, he honestly thinks: (They''re the same age, but sometimes they look like two children....ah, there they are already competing to see who gets there first). The meeting is over, the adults are just chatting about other matters, the three girls are sitting on the bench next to the Board, their faces don''t look very good, is this a sign that they''ve finally been punished? Grandpa Han and Luke are talking to the Principal, they seem more serious, the others are like a bunch of macaws shouting, they talk loudly, they laugh, Luan arrives at the door and looks around, waiting for someone to say something, the Principal and his secretary get up and walk out of the Principal''s door towards the school exit, he gives Luan a slight smile, Luan returns the smile, he thinks it''s a bit strange, but he doesn''t want to think about it, he goes straight to Grandpa Han, and asks: "Grandpa, do we have a final verdict yet? He calls Mary and Kenji into the room, while the rest of the Meeting participants leave the room, Grandpa Han tussles with his moustache as he waits for everyone to leave, and asks them to close the door. "Let''s get straight to the point, we did get a punishment, well I''ve never been in favor of expelling anyone from school after all I''ll just be passing the problem on to another school to solve, I don''t like that unless the students ask for a transfer, it''s just that we only managed to transfer student C at her Father''s request, it seems he''s been talking to the Rector, the other two remained at this school, They will have to make a formal apology to the victims and will do voluntary work, and the Coordination and the Student Guild are in charge of monitoring the progress, and will pass on all the information directly to the Board, the judicial process takes a while, but soon we will have the decision of the prosecutor''s office on the victim protection law. " Luan sighs deeply and says: "In short, the victims are going to have to keep looking at the faces of their aggressors, the famous one conversation is enough." Mary puts her hand on Luan''s shoulder and says: "I didn''t expect much, coming from my uncle, well we''ll try our best, but it''s complicated not depending on us alone." Luan adds: "If it had been at my old school, it would have just been a conversation with the guidance counselor, she would have put a mark in the notebook to talk to the person, and then they would have mediated, like a boy who picked on me, but we both managed to resolve the situation." Everyone is curious how Luan resolved the situation, so Mary asks: "And how did you resolve it, Luan?" Luan scratches his head and says: "One day, I got angry and hit him with a stick, after that, we became friends." Luke gives a smile, thinking "good boy", Grandpa Han notices and gives Luke an ugly look, indicating that he has to correct him to set a good example, Luke just says: Unauthorized usage: this tale is on Amazon without the author''s consent. Report any sightings. "Keep your friends close, and your enemies even closer." Suddenly they hear voices coming from the corridor, a voice familiar to Luan and Kenji, they look at each other''s faces and say at the same time: "Damn, it''s Theo, we have to go there!" Theo is saying something to the girls, but he''s not going to hit anyone, not least because Derick is holding him back, he seems very angry talking loudly. "You should be ashamed of yourselves, you should do everyone a favor and change schools, I can''t even look at your faces, because of you my sister Olivia had to go away, and stop doing what she likes best which is singing! If I see you harassing anyone again, you''re screwed." Derick continues to hold him and calm him down: "Calm down Theo, I know you''re upset, I would be too, but it''ll only make things worse." One of the girls starts to cry, while one consoles her the other gets up and leaves and says: "Hunf, I said just change schools, it''s that simple." Luan is already next to Theo, and listens, he points to the incident folder and says: "Hm, don''t forget what I told you, your past goes with it, let''s see how many schools you hide in then, I''m anxious now. I wonder how many days you''ll last in it?" He laughs, pats Theo on the shoulder and says: "We''ll keep an eye on them, stay calm Theo, the next ones are Tommy and San, save your energy for them too." Everyone has to go back to their classrooms, they haven''t even had their break, Mary hands out cereal bars to everyone, it''ll last them until lunch. They return to their classrooms, the rest of the lessons are going well, the last exams are scheduled before the winter break, so some students stay after lunch at school to study, Luan and Derick need to exchange information about the files, and decide to go home, after all it''s important information to comment on around other people. The two of them return home and pick up the summary they typed up with some more information than they had in the system, but it looks like it''s going to take a while for them to analyze everything, so they decide to work together and ask their parents for help, after all, their knowledge as hunters will help a lot, and they still have exams to study for. Derick is concentrating on his studies, Luan is studying a little but he can''t concentrate, he''s an intelligent boy, he writes things down easily, but there''s something he sometimes calls laziness, he really could be better at his studies, but he thinks it''s enough to stay average, Derick is different, he''s above average, a little studying is enough to get good grades, 2 hours have passed, Luan closes his book and then closes Derick''s book, and says: "Shall we go for a short walk?" Derick doesn''t understand, he frowns and says: "Luan, concentrate on your studies, this is no time for a walk..." Luan fiddles with his Time Clock, then takes Derick''s arm, time is paused, Derick feels a strange sensation, when Luan signals with his hands and a Vertical Portal opens in front of him, and Luan pulls Derick into it, a light comes into Derick''s eyes and ends up closing them, when he slowly opens his eyes and notices that he is somewhere else, there are many mountains that look like sand dunes, the sky has a reddish tinge, he soon notices that there is a lake a little ahead and some desert vegetation, then he notices that there are some demons that look a lot like some from the Awakening Test, some look injured others seem to have recovered, then he looks at Luan and asks: "Is this the portal you created?" "Yes, welcome to my portal to Hell, Derick." Chapter 25- Tour of the portal + Holidays- Part 1 Derick continues to look around, and notices that there is a fence made of wood and a place also being built as if it were a shelter, a very large lake next to this shelter and notices that there is a demon building them, and the others helping, he is a little at a loss to understand why because on the day of the Test these demons seemed aggressive, he asks Luan: "Why do these demons seem to have a conscience of their own, and don''t seem to be so aggressive today? Luan then explains: "They were being controlled, as I marked them with my elemental dagger, I started to have control over them, I believe that this would be the normal condition of a demon and I realized that that level 2 had a consciousness very close to ours, he automatically started to make this shelter, he hears me and follows me, but he doesn''t speak, so I started to study them, after all, time here in Hell passes much more slowly than in our normal time, and that''s exactly why I need to pause time in order to open a portal." Derick then confirms: "So you''re controlling them at the moment? Luan nods: "Not necessarily, but I can." Derick and Luan stare at them for a while, then Derick asks another question: "Well, can this be considered assembling an army of demons or something? You''re not going to mutiny and go to war with the King of Hell, are you? Luan laughs, and replies: "Wow, how much imagination do you have Derick, but your reasoning is actually correct, I don''t intend to mutiny, let alone try to take someone''s place, but there are probably people who want to do that, that''s why we''re at DSO, we need to find out how things really work there, so I''ll have a place in case I need to hide." Derick calms down a little, and finishes by saying: "Whew, not so bad, honestly there are times when you sound like a child, but at other times you sound very mature, like those wise old men talking." They laugh, in fact Luan seems much more mature than he appears to be, Derick then thinks for a moment, the weather here seems hot because it''s a semi-arid climate, but now it seems to be getting dark, making the temperatures drop a little, but it''s still hotter, he takes off his shirt and remembers that he brought something in his pocket, he seems distressed and anxious about something, he takes a deep breath and then asks Luan: Luan, can you check out this guitar pick, it was with my dad, he picked it up at Hope Cave the day we went camping, he wanted to ask you about it, but we didn''t find a good time." Luan picks it up, looks at it and asks: "This is your older brother''s pick that disappeared, right?" Derick doesn''t seem surprised that Luan knows about it, as that was the main reason Derick didn''t accept Luan as his partner in the Awakening Test at first, it was supposed to be his older brother, but he disappeared on a day when the family was walking on the beach, three years ago, there''s not a single sign of his disappearance, no footage, nor anything they can cling to in the hope of finding him. Derick has the only hope that Luan can help him with in his eyes, but Luan sees a specific coloration in them, meaning that he is alive and may not be missing, but he doesn''t want to spoil the only hope that Derick and his uncles may have of finding him, Luan instantly disguises his reaction, smiles and replies: Did you know this text is from a different site? Read the official version to support the creator. "Oh, I see a coloration here, it''s a bluish coloration, that indicates that he may be lost, but he can be found." Derick smiles, and his eyes fill with tears, this is the first time Luan has seen Derick with tears in his eyes, he''s usually so serious and closed off with his feelings, so Luan lets him say something first, he hugs Luan and thanks him, he thinks for a moment: (Honestly this was my last hope of meeting you Bro, I hope to meet you again one day) Luan feels his heart tighten, for lying at first, but he can''t say what really happened, nor that it''s all over, a lack of coloring doesn''t indicate that he''s missing, just as before looking at the mask of his grandfather Han''s friend it''s possible to hide your location using magic, for the moment Luan will investigate to find out what really happened, he''ll probably have to go to Grandpa Han''s house again, his magic is much stronger, whether he wants to or not Luan has been doing his magic training since he was 10, but his magic will only improve with practice. It''s time for them to go back, Luan fiddles with his watch and adjusts the coordinate, he opens a portal again that takes them to his house, exactly where they were, Derick says goodbye because he still has to study for this week''s exams, and reminds Luan to keep studying too, so they can finish the exams and pass the year at school, and go on vacation at the end of the year, it''s only a few days but it helps, they usually go snow skiing these days. Luan is currently feeling a mixture of emotions, he doesn''t know how to define it well, he decides to look for information about Derick in the DSO, if he was going to participate in the Awakening Test, there must be some information about him somewhere. "His name is Dylan Becker." Luan remembers hearing this name before, until something comes to mind like a forgotten memory, it''s a playground with toys, and a face comes to mind, but he still seems to be a child, he decides to keep this information, it''s nothing concrete, he probably has to look at some old photos and some more recent ones too, he writes down some information in his personal notebook. The exams are finally here, Luan is studying as hard as he can, he''s tried to at least keep his grades average and has managed to pass the year by going on to Second Year, Mary and Kenji are doing very well in their grades, they''re always competing with each other and are also passing the year by going on to Second Year, Theo''s performance is average like Luan''s but he''s also passing the year by going on to Third Year, if they tried a little harder their grades would improve a lot, Derick''s performance is above normal, he''s very committed to his studies, he passed the year and is now in the third year of high school, and yes, he ends up attracting Luan''s attention, to improve his grades, but Luan is happy with his average of 7, they do the last band rehearsal of the year, and they always schedule to rehearse on weekends now, since Luan and Derick will be much busier now, especially in the afternoon and may extend into the evening, they finish the band rehearsal and are going home, Luan ends by saying: "Finally a little vacation, I can''t believe it, Uhuu!!! Derick then reminds him: "We''re not on vacation at work Luan, we have to go to Hell''s Gate, our trip starts tomorrow." Luan feels her pre-holiday excitement fading, she really had forgotten that detail. Chapter 25- Tour of the portal + Holidays- Part 2 Part 2 Luan and Derick are on vacation from school, only for 10 days, and are packing their backpacks with some belongings, they are taking their cape suits and the demon masks, as soon as they arrive at the Gate of Hell, they will have to go to a Palace where a Ritual will take place among the demons, and they need to be infiltrated among them, hence the need for the mask, It''s a two-day boat trip, there''s a magician accompanying them and a demon responsible for intermediating between the real world and the world of hell, it''s a tiring and very boring trip, Luan spends most of his time nauseous on the boat, while Derick seems calm, Luan turns to Derick and speaks in a low voice: "There seems to be no end to this, if I''d opened a Portal we''d already be there, I can''t stand this nausea any longer." Derick agrees with what Luan says, in fact it would be simpler, but they need to know the way to the Portal and how it works, but he likes to annoy Luan so he says: "I don''t feel anything, I''m calm." Luan looks at his face and shakes his head, what else could he expect Derick to say, if he didn''t give the counter, it wouldn''t be him. Finally they reach the Portal, they get off the boat and see a rocky place, with a large magic circle in the middle there is a crack of red light, it is a portal, which does not close so there are 4 magicians in the 4 positions of elements, wind, water, earth and fire, these are responsible for maintaining the security of the Portal, There is a large shelter next to this place, where they rest, eat and train. On their way back, Luan and Derick got to know this place, but now they need to cross the Portal in order to reach the Palace for the Ritual, They''ll have to do it all by walking through long sand dunes. If they can get a cart, they''ll be able to save time. They''ll also have equipment with points in their ears, because Luan and Derick need to communicate with the DSO, but there will be times when this won''t be possible because there''s no 4G signal here, the only way would be for Luan to use his watch to communicate, they walk a long way and are still getting used to their long clothes and the mask, since they started the trip they haven''t taken off their clothes, Luan stops for a moment and says: "Good thing I brought deodorant!" To the surprise of both of them, there is a village just ahead, with several demons, small, tall, in male and female form, and children, it''s like an ordinary village just like the one on Earth, everything is accessed with lamps, candles, the houses are built of wood, there is like a sale of products that they sell, Luan had already read about these villages, so he knew that demons also have their own consciousness, and communicate with each other, as is common in these rituals, they are used to seeing someone in costumes and masks, they look at Derick and Luan, they comment on something among themselves but nothing unusual, Luan then speaks: "There''s a language of their own, but in the books we only know the basics, we''d have to spend some time here to be able to understand them better." Derick gets curious and asks: "Do you know how to communicate with them?" Luan replies: "I know how to ask for water, and food, we won''t die of hunger! hehe" Derick rolls his eyes at Luan and jokes. Luan continues: "But there are those who communicate in our language, it depends on which District we''re in, and the families of our ancestors are here, there we can be without the costumes and walk more calmly among them." They stop for a while and take something to eat from their backpacks, as they still have a bit more to walk to the Palace, Derick finds a well with water, he leaves a coin, which is used for exchanges and purchases, so he won''t have any problems filling the bottles they brought, as instructed by the DSO, and they continue on their way, they are close to the Palace, Luan has an invitation to the Ritual and needs to deliver the Letter of Authorization given by the DSO, he hands the invitation and the Letter of Authorization to the demon guards who are at the entrance to the palace, everyone is dressed in long robes that cover the whole body like a cassock, and masks of all different kinds, there are countless demons of all sizes, a very large room with a central circle and 2 long staircases on each side, and each group stands at one end, It seems very crowded, they play a lot of drums, and continue with a ritual of fights and dances, it would be more like a Welcome Celebration Ritual, Luan and Derick just watch and copy what the others do, clap their hands, sing, and finally a human woman appears, but she seems to be quite young, wearing a black dress and a mask, her hair - black and long. The two of them have no idea who she is then she sang a song and the two witness her beautiful lyrical voice, very beautiful, and then the Ritua ends. Luan has a strange feeling, then he has a new memory, again in the playground, again a child, it''s a girl now she''s in front of him talking to him, but he has no idea what exactly she''s talking about, and her face is visible and it seems to be the girl he sees in his dreams, but he doesn''t remember who it might be, he decides to talk to someone in thought, because he deduces that this someone is behind these episodes of memories: (And you who are messing with my memories? ) His answer then came to mind: Stolen from its rightful place, this narrative is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings. "Of course, you''re welcome..." Luan is curious who this girl in question might be, and why he had a sudden memory of her. He sees the girl going up the stairs and speaks quietly to Derick to follow him: "Derick, I need you to accompany me, discreetly. He is a little reluctant and speaks quietly: "Luan, let''s not get sidetracked, come back here! Luan notices a movement among the masked men, the ritual is already over, so they could go unnoticed, he goes up the stairs, Derick doesn''t see any other way to go after him and accompany him, they are near a hidden door, the woman seemed to have entered there, one of the demons who seems to be a guard stops at the door and calls her, Luan takes advantage of this moment to enter the door in question, when the two enter they notice that it is a large room, with a clothes closet on the right, a bed in the middle, next to the bed there is a balcony, and a desk on the left, he then enters, Derick still trying to understand what he is doing: "What are you doing Luan, you''re going into other people''s rooms!" Luan comes out of his trance and replies: "It looks like her room, I need one of her personal items." Derick retorts: "Are you crazy, have you become a kleptomaniac now?" While Derick watches the door, Luan looks up from the desk and quickly looks at what''s on the desk, he sees some Authorization Cards, he quickly spreads them out and starts taking pictures, she puts them back together and sees a Chinese-style decorated hairpin in the middle of the desk and thinks: (It has to be a personal item, this must be for a spell, I need to find out who she is). Luan picks it up and puts it in his cassock. They hear voices, Derick tells them that someone is coming: "Someone''s coming, let''s hide in the closet." The two quickly go into the closet and hide behind the clothes, the woman seems to have come to get something, and again goes out the door, they wait a few moments, look through the crack in the door, and there are some demons outside, Luan points to the balcony, Derick looks to see if there is any way they can get down without being seen, Luan finds it easier to open a portal to the village, so he touches his watch, pausing the time, then signals with his hands to open a portal, takes Derick''s arm and they enter the portal, and return safely to the village, Derick looks very angry: "Luan, what the hell, everything was going fine, why go after a hairpin?!" Luan replies: "Sorry, I had a memory, so I need to find out what it meant, it was something with that woman, so I needed her personal item, and make a spell." Derick retorts: "Next time don''t change the plan out of the blue, just stick to it." Luan understands Derick''s irritation and says: "All right, think on the bright side, at least we don''t have to walk back to the village, I can''t take any more walking for today!" "I''ll let DSO know that we''ve completed the delivery of the Letter and finished the Ritual, so we can get back." Luan turns on his watch and notices: "DSO, mission completed, we''re heading back to the Hell Gate." Luan thinks about opening another portal, but sees a cart passing by, he notices that it doesn''t appear to be a demon, it seems to be human, a very old man, who stops next to them and says: "Good evening, do you want a lift?" Luan doesn''t feel any danger in the offer, he''s actually curious to know who it would be, and replies: "All right, we need to stop near Hell''s Gate, is that all right?" Derick looks incredulously at Luan and says quietly: "You''ve never heard of not talking to strangers, and you still want to hitch a ride?" Luan reassures him by answering in a low voice too: "Relax, he''s human, he couldn''t do anything to us." They climb into the wagon, Luan feels tired in fact, and his stomach is still not good, he sits down next to the gentleman and chats with him all the way, Derick prefers to keep an eye out in case something happens, but to Derick''s surprise everything goes well, he leaves them near the Portal, Derick pays him with some coins and thanks him, and they head towards the Portal of Hell, which is opened again for them to return, they go back to where the boats are and before they go they pass by the Shelter to get to know it and rest a bit. At the same time... We return to the Palace, whose Ritual has been performed, the woman is actually a teenage girl, she is looking for something on her desk, when someone with platinum white hair who seems to be quite young, enters her room and asks: "Do you have the Letters of Authorization?" She hands them over, while continuing to look for something, he asks her while looking at the Authorization Cards: "What are you looking for?" She replies: "The hairpin you gave me, I can''t find it." He finally finds what he''s looking for, Luan and Derick''s Letter of Authorization, these letters are only issued when they need to authorize passage to the Hell Gate, allowing them to be authorized to pass freely through the Hell Gate, he finishes by saying: "Hm, I found what I wanted, they really came, let''s get on with our plan now." "It must be somewhere else, come on, time to pack your things and go home." .... Announcement I''ll be back in Season 2- to be released in 2023, in the meantime follow a parallel story to School Time -The Beginning, ---->>>> New history- Old Times Please don''t stop following , Thanks :)) <<<----- Synopsis -Old Times: 25 years ago It''s 1998, Ana Bianchi has moved with her parents to Rivercity to work as a lawyer, Bianchi is a family of wizards and magicians, a very prestigious family with a powerful lineage, Ana is a 15 year old teenager, who is going through a more rebellious phase, She is still a sorceress and is learning to control magic and the elements. Her parents demand that she practice her magic every day, but this has become a nuisance for her, and she doesn''t like practicing her magical abilities, she was enrolled at ST High School belonging to the Becker Group, she ends up meeting Luke and Justin, they are descendants of demons, but these are just a few secrets that Rivercity hides, the first meeting of the three was not at all pleasant, Ana ends up joining the Student Guild Election with Scoot , the Becker family''s main rival without knowing it, and only later does Ana discover who Luke and Justin really are, causing a great deal of confusion right from the start, as her parents accept her invitation and she starts training with Luke Becker and Justin Becker for the Awakening Test. The story has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the violation. Parallel story to School Time The Begnning. Chapter 26- Back from Hell’s Portal. Luan and Derick are sent to the Portal of Hell, they walk to the palace where there will be a Ritual to deliver the Letter of Authorization given by the DSO, they deliver the Letter of Authorization to the demon guards who are at the entrance of the palace, all are dressed in long robes that cover the whole body like a cassock, and masks of the most different types, to countless demons of all sizes, to a very large room that has a central circle and 2 long stairs one on each side, and each group stands at one end, it seems very crowded, they play a lot of drums, and continue with a ritual of fights, and dances, it would be more like a Welcome Celebration Ritual, Luan and Derick just watch and copy what the others do, clap their hands, sing, and finally a human woman appears, but she looks very young, she''s wearing a black dress and a mask, her hair is black and long, the two of them have no idea who she is, she sings a song and has a beautiful lyrical voice, very beautiful by the way, and the Ritual ends. Luan has a strange feeling, then he has a new memory, again in the playground, again a child, it''s a girl now she''s in front of him talking to him, but he has no idea what exactly she''s talking about, and her face is visible and it seems to be the child who always appears in his dreams, but he doesn''t remember who it might be, he deduces that his host who has partial possession of his body and mind (Bone Breaker Demon) and, he certainly controls his memories. Luan is curious, who this girl in question might be, and why she had a sudden memory of a child, he sees the girl going up the stairs and speaks in a low voice to Derick disguisedly to accompany him, they notice a movement narrow the masked, the ritual is over, so they could go unnoticed, he goes up the stairs, Derick sees no other way to go after and accompany him, they are near a hidden door, the woman seemed to have entered there, one of the demons, who seems to be a guard, stops at the door and calls out to her, so she leaves and goes downstairs, Luan takes advantage of this moment to enter the door in question, when they both enter they notice that it is a large room, with a clothes closet on the right, a bed in the middle, next to the bed there is a balcony, and a desk on the left, he then enters, Derick already seems to be irritated and still trying to understand what he is doing, and why he is suddenly changing plans. While Derick watches the door against his will, Luan looks up from the desk. He quickly looks at what''s on the desk, he sees some Letters of Authorization, he spreads them out quickly and starts taking pictures, he puts them back together and sees an oriental-style decorated hairpin in the middle of the desk and thinks: Unauthorized duplication: this narrative has been taken without consent. Report sightings. (It has to be a personal item, this must be for a spell, I need to find out who she is). They hear voices, and the two of them quickly go into the closet, and hide behind the clothes. The girl seems to have come to get something, and again goes out the door, they wait a few moments, look through the crack in the door, and there are some demons outside, Luan points to the balcony, Derick looks to see if there''s any way they can get down without being seen, Luan thinks it would be easier to open a portal to the village, so he does, touches his watch to pause the time, then signals with his hands to open a portal, takes Derick''s arm and they enter the portal, and they return safely to the village, Derick looks very angry now and says: "Luan, what a hell, everything was going fine, why go after a hairpin?!" Luan replies: "Sorry, I had a memory, so I need to find out what it meant, it was something with that girl, so I needed her personal item, and make a spell." Derick retorts: "Next time don''t change the plan out of the blue, just stick to it." Luan consents, he plugs his dot into his ear, fiddles with his watch and says: "DSO, mission complete, we''re heading back to Hell''s Portal." Luan thinks about opening another portal, but he sees a cart passing by, he notices that it doesn''t appear to be a demon, it seems to be human, a very old man, who stops next to them and asks if they want a ride, Luan doesn''t feel any danger in the offer, he is actually curious to know who it would be, and replies: "All right, we need to stop near the Portal of Hell, is that all right?" Derick looks incredulously at Luan and says quietly: "You''ve never heard of not talking to strangers, and you still want to hitch a ride?" Luan reassures him by answering in a low voice too: "Relax, he''s human too, he couldn''t do anything to us." They climb into the wagon, Luan feels tired in fact, and his stomach is still not good, he sits down next to the gentleman and talks to him all the way, Derick prefers to keep an eye out in case something happens, but to his surprise everything goes well, the gentleman leaves them near the Portal, Luan repays him with a few coins and thanks him, and they head towards the Portal of Hell, which is again opened for them to return, they return to the Pier where the boats and ferries are, but before they leave they go to the Shelter to meet other wizards and rest a little. Luan has never spent the end of the year away from his mother, but there is a specific reason why they celebrate Christmas, because it is something that keeps them together, whether they like it or not, his maternal family were magicians, they used to keep some traditions, in memory of his maternal grandfathers, he will make an effort to arrive on time, after all in Hell time runs much slower than normal. ...But is everything all right at home, Luan? Chapter 27-A stranger in my house. Part -1 Add Poll Everything seems normal at home, it''s morning and her mother Ana is getting ready to go to her job at the bookstore, it''s December 23rd and they are organizing a Christmas special, a good part of the sales of the books will be donated to a specific orphanage, along with a special coffee combo, where you can enjoy a delicious coffee while looking for your favorite book, Ana is very excited, her boss will be there, he loves being able to prepare his various types of coffee, and her partner will also be there, Ana knows exactly who this "partner" is, she goes to get her briefcase with the notebook in her room, when there was a big noise as if something was hitting her very hard, then she hears waves of electric shock. Tumm, Tumm, Tumm Boomp, Boommmp She quickly approaches her living room window to try and see what''s going on, and from the loud noises she confirms that they''re trying to break into her house. She notices that the gate is still in place, there''s a magical protective barrier at her house, just as there''s a barrier at the neighboring house (Derick''s family), but the target is Luan''s house, this barrier emits electronic waves that do not allow strangers to enter, that only people invited by the owner could enter, this magical barrier is made through a great magical spell, initially made by Ana, who is a sorceress, Luan did not renew the magical spell of the barrier, so there is only the one made by his mother, would it be a discussion on his part as a beginner Magician? But he warned his mother about one detail, which could save her at the moment. Ana goes to her bookcase in the living room, opens the drawer and takes out an enchanted dagger, she needs to defend herself in case the barrier is broken, and the crucial item that Ana carries with her at all times, her lighter, does she smoke? No, as she was once an Enchantment Holder, along with Luan and Derick''s parents (Justin and Luke Becker), she controls the 4 elements of nature, her best mastery is with fire. She notices that her cat Fluffly is nervous, and is reacting with a loud, high-pitched meow. He is sensing a probable threat, Ana runs to get him before he tries to run, or even tries to attack, she picks him up and tries to calm him down, while she tries to call someone, Luan doesn''t answer, he''s not available (he''s on a mission to the portal of Hell), she remembers her cat''s transport box, she goes to her room and puts him in it while saying: "Stay calm friend, we''ll get out of this" She thinks to herself: (I really hope we make it out alive.) She closes the door, she knows that Fluffly is safe in her room, there is another magic seal in both her room and Luan''s room, both made by Luan, he''s not that immature, he may have made a mistake by reinforcing the magic barrier, but wasn''t that on purpose? Ana still tries to call someone, the only person who comes to mind, and it''s always the same person, in this case her ex-husband Luke Becker, she''s not even thinking straight, she just calls, and he promptly answers, but with a momentary silence from Ana, he asks surprised by the call: This story originates from a different website. Ensure the author gets the support they deserve by reading it there. "Ana? Did something happen?" Ana comes to her senses, and realizes who she''s calling, yes, her ex-husband, but she doesn''t have much time right now, it''s an emergency, so she speaks quickly: -Yes, it''s me...I''m sorry, Luke, my house is being attacked, the magic barrier, I don''t know if it''ll hold..Luan..Luan isn''t...." Suddenly there was a loud noise. -Boommm Her gate is gone, it has literally just been destroyed, just beyond the gate there is the garage and the staircase that leads to her house, which is a townhouse, she is really worried now, there is only the second magical blockade made on the living room door. You can hear the noise through the phone, so she notifies him: -Damn it... the first magic lock has just been broken, the entrance gate has been destroyed... all that''s left is the second lock on the living room door. Luke hears the noise, but still tries to calm her down on the other end of the line. He''s already on the street and in his car, so he immediately starts it up and accelerates his car to maximum speed, then he says: -Take it easy, sweetheart...., try to hold him for a moment, I''ll be right with you. A voice that sounds somewhat calm, coming from a person who is feared and known for being nervous, and quite violent in his demonic form, time is good for many things, here we have a matured and more cautious man, but he has never mistreated Ana, she has always been his "calm", nothing has changed for him, yet he has loved her forever, more than 10 years have passed and his feelings have not changed, and they are unlikely to change. Ana takes a deep breath after hearing Luke''s voice, she feels relieved to be able to hear his voice too, their relationship ended so abruptly and unexpectedly, and they haven''t had enough time to talk about it over the years, she replies: -Ok, I''ll use my power to try to hold the 2nd block, but I''m afraid it won''t be that effective..." Luke sighs deeply, he is visibly irritated and at the same time distressed, he replies: "Trust yourself sweetheart, try to concentrate, I''m going as fast as I can at the moment..." Ana consents to what Luke says, and yes she manages to hold off the invader for a while, even though she doesn''t cultivate her magic as much as she used to, she makes an effort using her magic, she needs to hang up the phone and concentrate now, she then says a few more words and hangs up. "Hmm, I''ll try, maybe that''s my last words, I don''t know what to really say, I feel like my mind is foggy. "I...I, I want to apologize, for giving up on us...as a family, I, I was really weak...I hesitated countless times, and I know I hurt you somehow too, I...damn it, my words are fading from my mind..." she sighs deeply. She sighs deeply, another noise is heard again and the intruder begins to knock on the door that leads to the living room: -Tumm, Tumm Luke listens attentively, it''s a tense moment, he interrupts her: -Shh, it''s okay, this won''t be our goodbye, we''re not going to say goodbye yet, okay? I''m getting close, I''m getting to you." Ana needs to turn off her cell phone, she casts a spell to try to hold the magic block for a few more minutes, she is already preparing to run towards her room, she can see the magic seal on the 2 bedroom doors, while she is using her magic, the strong electric waves running through the magic barrier, she certainly won''t be able to stand up to the creature that is attacking her, she deduces that it is a demon yes, but she doesn''t know what level it would be, probably a level 2 demon or above, a level 1 has no ability to break the magic barrier, at the very least it''s a demon with power, she leaves her dagger in her pants behind her back, she needs both hands free at the moment, she keeps casting a spell to try to hold the barrier, she won''t be able to make a fire barrier, or else they''ve set fire to her whole house, and it would probably leave her trapped in it, at the very most she can scare the demon away with a fire manipulation trick, minutes pass, it''s no use, the demon is very strong, electric waves run through its robust body, but that doesn''t seem to intimidate it, he supports them, Ana prepares herself for the possible breaking of the magical blockade, she moves away a little, fearing the explosion, but as expected the barrier breaks, causing a wave of magical explosion, which causes Ana to be pushed hard, against the wall, which by the way does not break it, it is only the magic being repelled against her, but enough to hurt her, she then falls and ends up hitting her head, on furniture near the place, she starts to bleed, her mind is stunned for a few moments. ....to be continued. Chapter 27- A stranger in my house. Part-2 But she gets up, and tries to look at the invader, it seems to be a level 2 demon, he is of medium size and very robust, he has a metal collar around his neck, apparently he seems to have run away from somewhere, but she notices his different demonic eyes, they are red, they usually have eyes of different colors, this one seems to have a blood red tone, she remembers seeing these eyes when she participated in the DSO Awakening Test. (Note 2: DSO is a method of controlling demons, they are only used for the Test, so they can have better control of the demons, and not cause so much trouble for the participants, but it is still a dangerous Test, just as we saw in Luan and Derick''s Awakening Test, it was blatantly sabotaged by someone). Ana takes her lighter and lights it, at first it fails, on the first and second try, but then it lights, as we''ve already said she won''t be able to make a fire barrier, so she starts to manipulate the fire, trying to somehow ward off the demon, it usually works, but it seems that this demon doesn''t seem to be intimidated by fire, that''s bad at the moment, but she can still burn it so the demon stands there staring at her, she puts her left hand behind her back to pick up her dagger and holds it with her left hand, but if she raises the saga or threatens, she doesn''t have the physical strength to duel hand-to-hand with a demon, like a Hunter, who is a demi-human and can withstand a hand-to-hand duel, she sees no other way but to go to her room which is sealed, she could have stayed there and second before,yes, but Ana doesn''t usually choose the easy option, she didn''t expect the demon to actually manage to break through the magical barrier that protects her house, but there''s no other way now, her vision is a little blurry, she needs to find a distraction for the demon,to get to her room safely, she tries to be quick, she manipulates the wind to throw some furniture from the living room on top of the demon, this would give her time to run to her door, it''s a short distance, but it''s still risky, but she tries, she blows with her mouth, this is enough to generate the wind, she starts to manipulate it on a larger scale, the demon noticed her movement and threatens to go on top of her, she starts to throw everything that is visible in front of her, coffee table, the sofa but this one is a little heavier,she''s sorry to be ruining her furniture, but having no choice at the moment, she runs towards her room, the demon pushes her hard, for being a level 2 demon his speed is average, but compared to an ordinary human, he''s faster, Ana manages to get to her door, she opens it but as soon as she goes to close it the demon jumps, and his hand holds her leg, she tries to hold on to the door tightly, but at this rate her leg could be torn off, such is the force, her dagger ended up falling out of her hand, and she can''t reach it. The author''s narrative has been misappropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon. (NOTE: A dagger with an enchantment would be enough to neutralize it temporarily, so it can be conjured up afterwards, but only the Wizard can conjure it up permanently and be sent back to the Hell Gate, when the threat of demons invading, the DSO issues an alert and the first to arrive on the scene are the Slaughterers, who by the way seem to be late this time, then come the Hunters together with the Wizard Conjurer, to finish the mission). She looks at her lit candle on her desk, she needs to cultivate her magic, even if it''s just a little each day, she reaches out to manipulate the fire, the fire doesn''t touch her hands, but in this case she needs it, the fire surrounds her hand, it causes her pain, she quickly places her hand on the demon''s arm, burning it, the fire increases, this makes the demon howl in pain, and let go of her leg, she quickly pulls her leg and closes the door, she really needs to wait for help now, there is not much to do, her room is sealed, there is no possibility of breaking the magic seal and being invaded by the demon or by other invaders, the seal is broken only by the one who created it, that is Luan. Finally Luke arrives at the scene, he notices that there are few people around as it is a gated community but they seem very curious and are talking on their cell phones asking for help, no one dares to enter the house as they think it was some kind of fire that caused an explosion, he takes his dagger from the glove compartment of his car his dagger with enchantment, he knows that Ana has been well trained, she knows how to defend herself somehow, but like all Magic Support she has her limitations, the Demon even though his arm is burned, Luke has his dagger hidden in his blouse, he has to do everything discreetly, he passes the gate of the destroyed house, he transforms into his demonic form, his eyes change, turning his eyeball black, and his pupils change shape, his canine teeth grow, and his ear becomes slightly pointed, he cracks his neck, he is really angry, he quickly climbs the stairs to the entrance door which is destroyed, and quickly climbs the stairs to the entrance door, which is destroyed, and comes across the Demon still trying to break the magic seal on Ana''s bedroom door. .... Chapter 27-A stranger in my house. Part -3 Soon the demon senses Luke''s presence, and turns to look, Luke faces him in his demonic form, he analyzes the Demon for a few seconds: (Only a level 2 demon, his body is robust and his height is average, he wouldn''t be able to break a magical barrier so easily, clearly someone helped him break the barrier, I can''t kill you, I''ll let the New Conjuring Magician decide on that, unfortunately I''ll have to leave you alive). He cracks his neck, as if warming himself up, the last time he attacked a demon was in the Camp, a few months ago, but he is still in full physical form, or rather at his best, the demon is heading towards him, Luke easily dodges him, he takes his enchanted dagger and without much difficulty, sticks it in the demon''s chest, leaving him immobilized by the magical power of the enchantment, he cannot move now, thus remaining immobilized, Luke then speaks to him: "This is just so you learn not to mess with my family, we''re not done with you yet." Luke goes to Ana''s bedroom door and knocks on the door to let her know he''s here and the demon is immobilized: "Ana, it''s me Luke, I''m sorry I took so long, I came faster than I could." Ana is sitting behind the door, she feels a little pain in her head and her right hand is slightly burnt, she hears the sound of a struggle, but then she hears Luke''s voice through the door, without thinking too much, she quickly gets up and opens the door, and yes it really is Luke, she interrupts what he was saying without thinking too much, and hugs him, Luke stands still, he''s surprised by the sudden hug, but then he hugs her too, he was really worried, even though he knows that Ana is tough, for many years he would really like to have a good reunion with her, but Ana comes to her senses and turns away from him in shame, and says: "Uhm, I''m sorry I hugged you out of the blue, thank you for coming to me, I don''t know how to thank you..." As soon as Ana moves away from him, he realizes that she''s hurt in the head, the blood is no longer flowing, he ends up putting his hand on her head to check, and then notices that her hand, too, is hurt, he despairs: "Hell, you''re hurt, does your head hurt? Your hand, damn it, you can''t hurt it, let''s go to the hospital, now!" Unauthorized tale usage: if you spot this story on Amazon, report the violation. Ana tries to calm him down, and they can''t leave the demon unattended, they have to wait for the DSO to send someone, Luke knows that Ana is right, they have to wait a while, Luke looks at the ground and sees Ana''s dagger on the ground, he is very angry with the demon, for having hurt Ana, he without thinking takes the dagger, goes to the demon who is immobilized kneeling on the ground, he notices that his arm is also burned, he then sticks the dagger in his other hand in the demon and says: "That''s for hurting her, you wretch!" A few seconds later, two people dressed in black clothes, leather jackets and stylized pants and wearing the hoods of their jackets, arrive at Ana''s house, these are the Algozes who are responsible for intercepting the escaped demons when the DSO releases an invasion alert, Luke looks at them, it is only possible to see half of their faces, but it is immediately clear that they are young, they look very imposing, and they look very serious, Luke soon speaks: "Thugs used to be faster, you took too long!" One of the executioners gives a slight smile, while the other remains serious, the one who smiled just says: "Oh, I''m sorry for the delay Luke Becker, we had a communication problem." Luke looks at them, and seems to recognize his voice, but doesn''t remember exactly where, he turns to Ana, and asks her to get some things that are necessary for her to take, she can''t stay in this house, it''s not safe at the moment, Ana is a little reluctant, he would rather wait for Luan to return, she takes her cat that is in the transport box on the bed, he seems to be calmer now, he takes some of his belongings, Luke helps her, while the executioners check the immobilized demon, then Ana, still reluctant to leave the house, looks at the executioners and the demon, she closes the door of her room, and as already said, they have magical seals of protection, she kindly thanks the executioners, and leaves the house, Luke will take her to the Hospital, in the VVip room and his brother Justin, will do a check-up to check that everything is really fine with Ana. As soon as they leave the house, one of the executioners examines the house and some of the furniture, he looks curious, he notices that the two bedroom doors are sealed with magic, he looks frustrated so he turns and says to the other executioner: "Luan, he''s smarter than I thought, I like this guy." Meanwhile, the other executioner is looking at some picture frames that are broken on the floor, he picks up a photo of Luan and Ana, a more current photo of him, he looks at it and says: "Uhm, he''s interesting, I can''t wait for us to be introduced." After a few minutes, one of them turns on the dot in his ear and tells DSO that they''re already on site and waiting for orders: "DSO, we''re on site, what are the orders?" Someone from the command room at the DSO replies: "We''re contacting Luan, he''s on his way back from hell''s portal, give me a few minutes." One of the executioners then lifts up the sofa on the floor and sits down to wait, the other takes a chain also with an enchantment and fastens it around the demon''s neck, the demon lets out a squeal, he doesn''t speak, he just makes a sound, he seems to be in pain, the executioner holds the chain while he sits on the arm of the sofa, and waits with the other, he speaks to the demon and then points to the other executioner sitting down: "Shh, you good-for-nothing, for today, don''t irritate that guy over there..." .... Chapter 28 – Back home? Part 1 A few minutes later, communication is finally established with Luan, time stops as Luan opens a portal, so Luan and Derick, go out through the Portal, they arrive at the entrance to Luan and Derick''s house, time starts running again, Luan lets go of Derick''s arm, as this is the only way to move when Luan pauses time on his watch, he soon notices that the gate at the entrance to his house is destroyed, he looks at Derick a little surprised and says: "Hell, what happened here? Derick says: "Damn it, try to calm down Luan, you know what happens if you''re angry." Just then they hear someone speaking into their ears, telling them what''s happened: "Becker, this is the DSO, we had a problem at your house, but it''s been sorted out, estamps on site." The look on Luan''s face changes, he now looks worried and extremely angry. He notices that the house is surrounded by tapes and some people in suits from DSO, he walks past them without thinking, and goes to his house, he looks at the broken gate, then climbs the stairs and goes to the living room of his house, Derick follows also worried, As soon as they arrive they notice that the demon is kneeling, with the dagger stuck in his chest, and tied with the chain around his neck, the executioners are gone, there are only security guards now, he looks at the magic seals on the bedroom doors, they are intact, he soon wants to know about his Mother, and his cat Fluffy, he soon arrives and asks: "Where''s my mother and my cat?" He faces the demon, he notices the dagger and the dagger stuck in him, he doesn''t like this kind of treatment very much, but at the moment he seems to be furious, the DSO tries to calm him down and they notify him that his Mother is in the Hospital doing some tests, he takes a deep breath and just says: "Get the demon out of my face, take it to DSO, we''ll interrogate it later today!" The story has been illicitly taken; should you find it on Amazon, report the infringement. Derick sighs and finally says something: "Yes, we need to interrogate him and we''ll probably have to fill out a lot of papers, let''s go to the hospital, I''ll get the car!" Luan sighs and retorts; "I''ll question him and you fill out the papers." Derick worries that it might not be a good idea to interrogate Luan at the DSO, in case Luan gets out of control, and someone else shows up and things get complicated, but that''s his role, to get Luan under control, and as docile as possible. The DSO security guards load the demon into a special truck, while Luan sets up a temporary magical blockade on his house, which will prevent any new visitors until the investigations are finished. They get into Derick''s car and drive to the hospital. Luan wanted to open another portal, but he needs to maintain his magical power for the interrogation and to conjure the demon, his mother Ana is already in the hospital room, she is already medicated, she has a bandage on her head, and another bandage on her hand, apparently she didn''t burn her right hand so much, but she has a slight discomfort because of the burn from the fire enchantment, Luan gets to his mother, he looks distressed and his eyes are watering, as if he were going to cry, he hugs his mother who is lying on the bed, and says: "Mom, I''m sorry, how are you? That was my mistake, I''m really sorry I was so reckless, I hate myself for it!" Ana hugs him and tries to calm him down: "Luan, darling, you''re back! I''m fine, it was nothing, it doesn''t even hurt, and it''s not your fault!" Luan seems to be inconsolable, he feels guilty for not having redone the magical blockade, even though he had made sure to seal his mother''s bedroom door with magic. Even if there were possible invaders, he knows that they wouldn''t have access to the rooms, which is exactly where Luan would hide something that would be of interest to possible enemies.., but this left his mother vulnerable, he wouldn''t forgive himself if something happened to his mother, even though he knows that his mother can use magic and defend herself, that house has become dangerous at the moment, but it has a temporary magical blockade, no one enters except Luan, his mother receives some visitors, there are a lot of flowers in the hospital room, one exclusively from DSO, Luan stares at the flowers, he seems to want to burn the flowers with his gaze, then Derick slaps him on the back, and says: "That way, they''ll die from the way you look at them." Without thinking too much, Luan retorts: "They''re bothering me, I want them gone." He disguises his anger on his face, looks at his mother and starts sneezing, then says: "Atchooo, atchooo , these flowers are giving me allergies mom, can I take them off?" His mother looks at Luan a little confused, she knows he''s allergic, but not to the flowers, she nods yes and says: "Allergy? Uhm, yes I like flowers, but so many, it''s like they were preparing a funeral for me! Ha ha ...... Chapter 28-Back home? Part 2 Luan smiles at his mother''s joke, but he keeps it to himself in his thoughts: (That was probably the intention anyway, a funeral, I want to find out who DSO set this trap for me, I knew they were planning something while we were on a mission at the Hell Gate, I need to enchant an object and leave it with my mother, in case she has an emergency, It would alert me, I need to give her some amulet, damn it, I''m still feeling like an idiot, I can''t make any more mistakes, now that I''m from DSO, I need to be even more on alert, I need to interrogate that demon, I need to find out something, I hope Derick will help me, so I don''t have to appeal to the "thing". ) Seconds later, a voice came into his head: "What do you mean thing? You little brat, I can hear you..." Yes, his host, the Bone Breaker Demon, seems to have woken up from his slumber, he always appears at the time he wants and desires, especially if he senses the anger in his host, because that''s what he feeds on too. Luan rolls his eyes, yes he has forgotten that anger is his host''s favorite food, he tries to control himself, he takes a deep breath, and answers mentally: (I hope I don''t need you for today...) Then comes his reply: "That''s what we''ll see kid, in the end, you''ll always need me, we''re a perfect match." Luan comes to his senses, and notices that his mother is talking to Derick, but he doesn''t hear anything, he takes another deep breath looking at the flowers, just as he threatens to pick them up, his grandfather Han Becker enters the hospital room, it''s a VVip room so more people are allowed in, bringing another bouquet of flowers, Luan disguises himself and smiles at his grandfather saying: The story has been taken without consent; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident. "Wow, more flowers Grandpa, there are almost no flowers in this room, I''ll have to leave soon to fit in more flowers! Ha ha" His grandfather scratches his moustache and then grumbles: "Inattentive boy, have you ever heard that when the cat goes out the mice have a party?" Luan knew he was going to hear some criticism, this time with good reason, so he doesn''t retort as he usually does, he knows he''s made a mistake, his smile disappears in seconds, he''s distracted in thought again, but his grandfather taps Luan lightly on the leg with his cane, and says: "Come on Luan, take that bouquet of flowers off and put mine on, mine are prettier!" Luan notices that he is referring to those of the DSO. He doesn''t understand, as he knows that his grandfather worked for over 70 years at the DSO as a conjurer, but he quickly complies with his grandfather''s order. He really wanted to get rid of those flowers in question, he notices that on a huge bouquet of flowers, written: "With affection: Luke Becker" He''s surprised by the size of the bouquet, it''s made up of red roses. He thinks it''s strange, because these flowers are his father''s, so Grandpa Han quickly says: "Your father is a show-off, his flowers are the most beautiful of all, you''ve certainly got your taste right Ana?" His mother, Ana, turns red and seems to be a little embarrassed at the moment: "Mr. Becker, your flowers are lovely, thank you for your care and attention!" Luan didn''t bring any flowers, he knows his mother likes flowers, but he was so desperate to be able to see her, he apologizes, but he needs to solve the problem that is consuming his good mood at the moment: "I''m the only one who didn''t bring flowers, I''m sorry mom, I promise I''ll bring a really big bouquet as soon as I get back from DSO!" "Come on Derick, mom I have to go, I''ll be back soon, you''re in good hands now, after all Mr. Han Becker, the most powerful and strongest wizard of all time, is here, no one would dare confront him he he" His grandfather raises an eyebrow, Luan doesn''t miss his acid humor, but he knows that Luan is still just a 15-year-old boy, although he may make some mistakes, he knows very well that Luan is a powerful mage, that''s why he trained him, just so he could help him control his power, he knows very well what challenges he may encounter at DSO, and that he also has enemies there, not everything is flowers, he has also faced many challenges, and the biggest of them, without a doubt, is the host demon that possesses Luke''s body, This is his biggest challenge, because he still hasn''t found a way to conjure it up and get rid of the "Bone Breaker Demon" once and for all. This is just a name that has been given to it for millennia, this isn''t its real name, its name and the way to conjure it are still a secret, that''s why he trained Derick, precisely so that his cousin can keep him under control, this one has a colder temperament, he is the person who can face Luan in his demonic form, his resistance is incomparable. .... Chapter 29- First interrogation at the DSO. Part 1 Flashback: Luan 1 year and a few months ago, when Luan returned to Rivercity, and was introduced to his cousin Derick, who hadn''t seen each other since he was 5, Luan seemed determined that day, he had already agreed to take part in the Awakening Test, but he didn''t realize that his challenge was to convince Derick, who seemed to hate his presence, the first days of training were terrible, Derick just wanted to train alone, without Luan''s presence, but Luan was determined to win his trust, he constantly tried to outdo Derick, but always ended up lagging behind, but that same week, Luan outdid him, when he challenged him to a race against him, and ended up losing, this was one of the reasons why Derick accepted Luan as his teammate in the Awakening Test, his determination when he wants something, even if at other times Luan seems to be lazy, and ends up annoying Derick, there is a much bigger reason why he accepted Luan, but that reason we will discover later. The demon is trapped by chains in the Interrogation Room, a typical room, but with a magical barrier preventing the demons from trying anything, it''s also a room monitored by cameras, so you can hear and see everything in it. Luan returns with Derick to the DSO, while Luan agrees something for him on the way: ¡°Derick, this room is guarded by cameras, and they can hear us, so let''s do a little theater at first, honestly that level 2 demon, wouldn''t be able to break a magic block, but he has resistance, he must have some consciousness, but clearly he was controlled, and someone else was responsible for breaking the magic block, so this demon was just used as a puppet, as his resistance seems good, they must have used the same way that DSO uses to control the demons in the test, it''s not total control, after all it would only be possible to control 100% using an artifact, which by the way has not been seen for thousands of years, they say that the Ring of Solomon, can guarantee the control of a magician over them, but it is not known exactly where this ring could be, the exact location, only suppositions, so I rule out that someone possesses it, we need to find out what method the DSO uses, to obtain this temporary control over the demons. ¡± Stolen from Royal Road, this story should be reported if encountered on Amazon. ¡°In short, I start interrogating him, I need to show that I''m nervous, so that whoever is behind this, for a moment feels satisfied, as if I''m destabilized, I''ll stop time and we''ll negotiate with the demon, so no one will know that I''m aware of the trap, then I''ll turn back time, remember to stay in the same place, then we''ll stay seated at the table, so it doesn''t look like I''ve used magic, then I''ll conjure it and send it to my Portal, without the DSO noticing, after all there''s no way they can control who goes back to the Hell Portal, only who comes out of it. ¡± Derick listens attentively to what Luan says, in all honesty Luan doesn''t seem to be a naive 15-year-old boy, he always has a good plan for everything, but that doesn''t stop him from having unforeseen events, and that''s when Derick comes into play, he also needs to be prepared to improvise, in case Luan''s plan doesn''t go as expected, he needs to think quickly and act and finish the plan as agreed, regardless of the means that are used. They arrive at the DSO headquarters, as soon as they arrive they use their badges to pass through the entrance turnstiles, and go straight to the Interrogation Room, the room is very closed, the demon is in the center of the room, in the middle of a magic circle, the boys'' Supervisor arrives to greet them, and already starts apologizing for the problem of the invasion at Luan''s house: ¡°Good afternoon, Becker''s, I''ll start by apologizing for the break-in at your house Luan, I don''t know how that could happen.¡± Luan and Derick look at him, greet him politely, but Luan is very impatient, so he says: ¡°Uhm, don''t you know how a level 2 Demon broke through the magic barrier of my house? Interesting, even I know that''s not possible without someone helping you.¡± Luan decides to be honest, or else they''ll start to think that because he''s only 15, he''s some kind of fool who doesn''t know what he''s doing. Without much ado, the supervisor hands over a folder with a dossier, photos, and a lot of paper to fill in, the two enter the Interrogation Room, place the folder on the table, and they analyze the Demon for a few minutes. ..... Chapter 29- First interrogation at the DSO. Part 2 The Demon is still kneeling and bound by chains, on his neck and arms, apparently he is over 1.70 in height, a few centimeters taller than Luan and shorter than Derick, he has a good physical shape, and his skin is brown, his body seems to be covered in drawings, he probably belongs to a tribe or clan, a dagger is stuck one in his arm and a dagger in his chest, both made by his Father Luke, there are several burns , probably made by the shock currents that are emitted in the magical barrier, other larger scars of unknown cause, Luan writes everything down in his notebook, while Derick analyzes the paperwork in the investigation file, his eyes look normal black now, but there is nothing reported about a change in eye color in the files, Luan sends a message to his Mother, just to confirm, soon he receives an answer, he looks at his cell phone: Message: "Mom, did you notice anything different about the demon''s eyes? "Yes Luan, I noticed that the demon''s eyes were red, it reminds me of when we said the Awakening Test." Just as Luan predicted, this demon was under someone''s control, Luan looks at the cameras that are on either side of the room, and knows that the microphones are listening, after all it is an interrogation room, he avoids speaking loudly but the microphones can very well pick up any kind of sound, he decides to get close to the demon he puts his hand on the handle of the dagger, which is on his chest, the demon looks in pain, and lets out a grunt: This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road. If you spot it on Amazon, please report it. -Growll.... Luan sees no other way, he fiddles with his watch, and sets it to stop time, it''s exactly 6 pm on the dot, time stops, he then continues with his hand on the handle of the dagger, this makes it possible for whoever he touches to move, the timer on the watch starts running from the time he has to pause, Luan avoids going over 1 hour of pause, or it could have consequences on the normal time, he brings his face close to the demon and whispers: -You''re in pain, right? I can ease your pain and send you to a safer place... if you understand me, open and close your eyes twice..." Luan hopes that it will somehow understand him and have a conscience, his current goal is to gather demons that have a conscience, ideally if they could also speak, but this is only possible with level 4 above, hopeful he looks at the demon, and not very surprised the demon, does exactly what he asked, opened and closed his eyes twice, implying that he understood him, Luan touches Derick''s arm that is standing on made of the pause of time, thus being able to move, he smiles and looks at Derick and speaks in a joking tone: "We have one more for our collection." Derick rolls his eyes, as if to say: ("You''re crazy, but okay.") And Luan knows exactly what Derick is thinking, and it''s as if they''re talking telepathically: (I know you''re calling me crazy, but I''m not the only crazy person here). He knows that Luan is going to send the demon to the portal created by Luan, and he''s not going to be sent to Hell''s Gate, so what''s the point? Derick doesn''t contradict him, Luan has his reasons, he''s just collaborating, and it''s also a way of controlling him, he promised to stand by his cousin in any kind of trouble, it''s a promise he made to himself, he remembers: ... Flaskback from 1 year ago. Derick has met up with his cousin Luan again, the two of them were meant to be training together for the Awakening Test, he was reluctant to accept it, but Luan beat him in the race and ended up winning, Derick looks annoyed, he really has gone out of his way not to let Luan beat him, Luan seems happy to have beaten him, he''s a little crouched with his hands resting on his knees, he looks a little tired, but his smile is more evident, as if he''s won something very important, Derick frowns, thinking Luan is sneering at him and says: "What''s with that smile? Are you laughing at me?" Luan looks at him surprised, but that''s not what his smile was meant to show, he turns serious and replies: "No, I''m not laughing at you, I''m happy to have gotten your attention, for once." "Since I arrived you''ve seemed so serious, and I''ve noticed that you don''t like my presence very much, I''m not here to replace anyone, but we need to win this Test, I just want you to help me with that." Luan extends his hand to shake his hand and formalize their partnership, but Derick pushes Luan''s hand away and says: "I don''t like being touched, just do your part and I''ll do mine." Luan gives a slightly amused smile and thinks to himself: (Wow, this guy is tougher than I thought, it''s just a length, at least in my country we have this custom, I''ll have to adapt to the customs here). Derick turns his back and walks away, Luan lets him go, he doesn''t want to force a possible fight, the atmosphere is already very heavy this week, it''s all new for Luan, change of country, language, home, school, and friends, his only family member who has more ties is his mother, who works in a bookstore, and that takes up a lot of time, Luan is a 14-year-old boy, but he''s been used to being on his own since he was 10 years old, when his maternal grandparents died in a car accident that he was also involved in, but he doesn''t accept that it was just an accident, and during this time alone at home, he''s learned to cook for himself, he learned to play the piano and the violin, but he stopped practicing the violin because of his trauma, he brought his keyboard which is what he''s been practicing the most, as well as his studies (he doesn''t usually study much, but he manages to keep his grades average, he''s intelligent but he''s a bit lazy), Luan was born with powers, and has an easy time mastering the four elements, wind, earth, water and fire. He''s really obsessed with the Awakening Test, with beating it, his desire to find out what really happened on the day of the accident that killed his grandparents. This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road. If you spot it on Amazon, please report it. Derick, on the other hand, seems to hate him, but he really hoped it was his brother Dylan who was his teammate, even a few years after his disappearance, his room and his brother''s, the bed next to his remains there and is untouched, the sheets are washed, and everything is kept just as he left it, the guitar he liked to play also remains in the same place, he just does the maintenance, the beginning of the discord happened a week ago, Luan and his mother returned to Rivercity, and were invited to lunch at his house, they live in the same condominium and are neighbors, as they live next door to each other, Luan is taken by Justin to Derick''s room, and is introduced to him, Justin his father, lets them introduce themselves and talk for a few minutes, while they wait for lunch to be ready, Luan without thinking too much sits on the bed next to him, on his brother Dylan''s bed, this causes him to get angry and yell at him: "What are you doing? I didn''t give you permission to sit there!" Luan, without understanding, gets up quickly, and without much time to respond, he is pushed out of the room, closing the door in his face. Without much to do, he goes downstairs to the living room, next to his mother. Lunch goes well, but Derick avoids making contact with Luan, who remains smiling and kind to everyone, or at least gives room for some interaction with his cousin, he thinks to himself: (Nosy boy, I didn''t invite him into my room, let alone sit on Dylan''s bed, I''m not going to make it easy for this slacker, they think they''re going to replace him with this smiling lizard, I''ll only have to see him in training...) When his thoughts are interrupted by Grandpa Han who announces that from next week Luan will also be studying at ST High School, where he is the Principal, Derick frowns even more in displeasure, but he doesn''t have much to do, after all Luan is also his grandfather''s grandson, At the end of lunch they get up from the table and go into the living room, Luan is one of the last to get up, he looks uncomfortable, he doesn''t have that many memories of his childhood and his family on his father''s side, some of them are very painful, as soon as he gets up, Derick takes him by the arm and whispers: "You''re going to pretend you don''t know me at school, and I''m going to do the same." Luan rolls his eyes, as if bored, and replies: "Don''t worry, I''ll pretend I don''t know you." And yes, that was one of the terms he negotiated with his grandfather Han, he would only attend his school, so that no one would know about his relationship with the Becker''s, he would only use his maternal surname, Bianchi, and so a mutual agreement was reached, Luan tried to keep his identity and go unnoticed, but not everything went as well as expected. What really changed Derick''s mind? ... ..... Chapter 29- First interrogation at the DSO. Part 3 A few minutes pass, Luan taps his finger on the screen of his watch, the timer stops, and time goes back to normal, now it''s 6:01pm, Luan tries to stay in the same position so as not to show that he has used magic, his anger is under control, he didn''t feel anger at the demon in front of him, but at the one who set the trap, but he still doesn''t know who was responsible, he communicates through his ear point to the DSO: "DSO, I''m sending the demon to his proper place, with no more to report." The supervisor is surprised that his interrogation seems so quick and asks: "So fast, do you already have all the information you need, Beckers?" Luan replies jokingly: "Yes, it''s Christmas Eve, we don''t intend to stay here having coffee with him, the rest of the staff need a rest right? Ho Ho Ho." The other employees, who are in the surveillance room, agree with Luan, a rest is worthwhile, especially with the end of the year celebrations, he knows that it wouldn''t do any good to take his anger out on the demon, even if the intention may have been to try to defuse it, but he knows that the person responsible for the trap is probably watching him, he will think of another way to attack him, Luan is thinking of a way to unmask him, but he will find the culprit. If you spot this story on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation. Luan prepares his ritual to conjure the demon, he already has a magic circle on the floor of the room, he just uses the 4 elements to activate it, he uses his ritual dagger he takes from his jacket on the inside, he wears a vest with his two main daggers one on each side of his chest, and uses a spell to hide objects, that''s where he hides his notebook in the other pocket of his jacket, so he doesn''t feel so much the weight of having to carry his ritual items, always a small glass container containing water, earth, and a lighter, he can manipulate the elements and not create them, his ritual dagger contains the air element, so with it stuck in the circle, the 4 elements are activated, Luan adjusts the coordinate on his watch, the conjuration amulet that is with Derick, is activated, and Luan makes a sign with his hands to open a portal, The dagger and dagger fall, along with the chains that held them, Luan picks up the fallen items, his mother''s dagger and his father''s dagger, and puts them away. They both tidy up the paperwork on the investigation, there isn''t much to add to what has already been written, the case will remain under investigation, but to throw them off the scent, Luan pretends to close it as an escape, the case could be reopened but the two of them will keep it a secret, they are tired of the last mission at the Gate of Hell, and decide to return to their homes, on the way home Derick leaves Luan at his Father Luke''s house, as it will be his home for a while, until his house is renovated, or so he thin Chapter 30- New Years parties. Part 1 Luan enters the front gate of his father Luke Becker''s house with some boxes he had left in Derick''s car, a protection spell, a magical barrier around the house, a large plot of land with a two-storey house, Luan manages to get in easily because the owner of the house has allowed him to enter, he enters through the living room door and finds his mother sitting on the living room sofa, she looks calm watching a movie on TV, her right hand is still bandaged and there is a bandage on her head, this makes Luan feel a little uncomfortable, seeing his mother hurt in some way, he stands at the door for a few seconds thinking: (Mom, I''m sad to see you like this, this was also my fault, I laid a trap, but you ended up getting hurt, I was reckless, I made a mistake, it would have been better if I had fallen into my own trap, I''m angry, I still don''t know who the real culprit of the story is, but I know he was present in the room next to the investigation room, I could have put on a better show, but I feel tired. Was I right to let that demon go so quickly? Well, I wouldn''t be able to get all the information I need while being watched, I''ll pay the portal a visit later, in my current state I''d lose control easily...) Luan was interrupted by a familiar voice: ¡°Brat, I can take over your investigation, but I''ll do it my way.¡± Luan frowns in disapproval and unwillingly replies aloud: You could be reading stolen content. Head to Royal Road for the genuine story. ¡°No, I''ll do it myself, just leave me alone for now.¡± His mother hears a familiar voice, but she doesn''t understand what was said. She looks at Luan standing in the doorway and says: ¡°Luan darling, you''re back, what did you say? I couldn''t hear. Luan comes to his senses and realizes that he has spoken aloud, so he smiles and waves his hand at his mother and says: ¡°Hi Mom, I just said hi... that''s all.¡± He goes over to his mother and hugs her, and gives a little sigh of anguish, his mother reassures him in a longer hug, and says: ¡°I''m fine, I''m really fine Luan, but for now we''re going to stay at your father''s house, I know it''s unexpected, but it''s safer here, I''m going to take you to your room, your father has modernized it, it''s really beautiful, I think I''m going to swap rooms with you because it''s so nice!¡± Luan gives a slight smile, it wasn''t in his plans to temporarily move to his father''s house, nor that the magical blockade had actually been broken, but now it''s official, he really does know that he''s being stalked, and that his investigation into his maternal grandparents'' accident, all started from li, but he tries to understand why they killed his grandparents to keep him alive, and then in the Awakening Test, sabotage his test, did they want him dead, or were they just challenging him to show his hidden side, his possessed side, does the person behind this know how risky this would be, or is it really intentional, so that this exactly happens and he shows how dangerous he is. Arriving at his room, it''s really tidy, he remembers the last time he entered his room on the day of his father''s Appointment Party as Headmaster of ST Hight School, it seemed to be more like old times, although he doesn''t have so many memories of his childhood, his room seems somehow familiar, his keyboard is already set up, with a few things that were in his room at his mother''s house, his computer, his backpack, his books, and his violin, he looks at his violin that he hasn''t touched in a while, he opens the case with his violin, and tries to remember the last time he played it, he remembers and laughs: His mother notices his expression, so he says: ¡°Oh, yes, now I remember, a little over a year ago, I had an argument with Mary, about the music room, it was funny.¡± .....flashback... Flashback 1 year ago. Part 1 It was his first week at ST High School in 1st year, it was going badly in general, because Luan had asked his grandfather Han, who wanted him to keep it a secret that he was also one of his grandchildren, his constant friction with his cousin Derick he really wanted to see how long it would work, and try to stay "invisible", he wanted to be just a "normal" boy coming from another country, he really wanted to make it different from his last school, he also intended to stay "invisible" but nothing went according to plan, he was 10 years old and shortly afterwards his maternal grandparents had an accident, he had a very difficult time at school, until he was able to get through the problems and become the President of the Student Guild, but he prefers to leave that part in the past, and not dig it up, and also keep secret what happened at that time, it wouldn''t be pleasant, his past being discovered. But as expected, nothing turned out as he planned again, when he saw that he was already involved in the problems of other students, which at first generated distrust in Mary his classmate, she really thought he was a "wolf in sheep''s clothing", he constantly smiles, is kind, but changes his physiognomy when he is involved in a fight, he was at first defending his schoolmates from possible abuse, which occasionally caused friction between him, Tommy and San, who were always involved in these fights, Mary had her eye on Luan at all times, and as she was planning her candidacy for the Student Guild, she needed to set up a committee and choose some students to take part in her electoral slate, she was already well known in the school, by several students in previous years and known for being very intelligent, hardworking, and a true genius with her musical ability with her violin, after all ST HIgh School also has the elementary, they are different buildings, but with the same Director. That day, Luan was near the music room, looking at the panel with the days and times scheduled for the students who would be using the room: 1pm to 2pm - reserved room - Derick and band 2:30pm to 4:30pm - reserved room Mary-Katty-Bianca-Lena If you stumble upon this narrative on Amazon, it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. No more bookings, so he quickly deduced that he would have to wait hours before he could use the room, just today that he felt like playing his violin again, after a while without playing it, he looks at the panel again and sees a space between 2pm and 2. 30pm, 30 minutes vacant: 30pm, 30 minutes vacant, it would be enough for him to use the room and leave, he writes down his name from the vacant space, he waits sitting outside until the students who are using the room leave at 2pm, one of these students is his cousin Derick, but his cousin doesn''t even greet him at school, and Derick upon learning that Luan wanted to keep it a secret about being his cousin and his grandfather''s grandson, became even more implicated with Luan, He deduced that he was arrogant and wanted to hide his origins, so he didn''t even look at Luan at school, or even say hello to him. Luan didn''t confront him at first until he forgot and ended up saying hello (because he was still trying to get Derick to accept him as his training partner, and this secrecy thing only made things worse for the two of them), as soon as Derick left the room, he seems to be chatting animatedly with his colleagues from his current rock band, Derick plays guitar, he''s really good at guitar, as soon as he leaves he notices Luan sitting on the bench outside the music room, but he pretends not to see him, and walks straight past Luan, Luan on the other hand even tries to say hello, but it was a vague attempt, he almost forgot for a moment, Luan then gets up and goes to the music room, Derick notices that Luan has gone to the music room, but he doesn''t remember seeing Luan''s name on the scheduling board, he decides to look at the board again, and sees that Luan''s name is there, probably written in his own handwriting and not Mary''s, who usually organizes the board, he then grumbles: "Troublemaker boy, he thinks he can do whatever he wants here, if Mary sees this...she won''t like it..." Mary appears next to him and interrupts: "That boy, he thinks he can do whatever he wants in this school, without consulting me!" Derick closes his eyes and sighs. He realizes that he has spoken his thoughts out loud. Mary continues: "I''ll talk to him right away, that''s not how it''s done, you have to talk to me first, then this room will be a mess, and I''m the one who organizes everything." Derick tries to shrug it off, even turns to leave, but notices that Mary has gone to the music room tapping her feet nervously, and her friends are going along, so he decides to go after her, in case something gets out of hand, and stands by the door of the music room, crosses his arms, and listens in silence, while thinking: (I''ll stay here, just in case this turns into a mess, after all, this boy is good at getting into trouble) ...continued... Flashback 1 year ago. Part 2 Arriving in the living room, Luan is tidying up his violin, cleaning and tuning it after a while, he seems quite focused, until Mary interrupts him and speaks loudly: "What are you doing here? We have properly organized schedules, and you can''t just mark your name without telling me, because I''m in charge of this Room!" Luan calmly finishes cleaning and tuning his violin, gives a slight sigh, then smiles and says: "I''m sorry, I didn''t think 30 minutes would make such a difference, I thought the room was for the use of all the students, it was my mistake, I should ask the owner of the room for permission, right?" Mary frowns, visibly even more annoyed, she didn''t expect him to respond in such a way, and tries to retort: "What? Owner of the room?" Luan notices that there are three other people with her, they are probably her friends, he waves to them to say hello, the girls think Luan is nice and end up greeting him back, Lena seems to be delighted with what she is seeing, you can see a little heart in her eyes, the other two friends Katty and Bia, notice and laugh at Lena, in her passionate trance, she immediately says: "Mary, it''s only 30 minutes, he really can use the Music Room whenever he likes." Mary looks at Lena in surprise, she expected Lena to be on her side, not the new boy''s, she tries to calm down, then says: "Okay, since I seem to be the witch of the story here, play your violin for us to hear, if you''re good, I''ll let you use the music room, no need to book! Luan looks at the clock in the room, it took him 5 minutes to clean and tune his violin, with another 10 minutes wasted on this discussion, there are only 15 minutes left, he nods in the affirmative, that he understands, he gives a slight smile, he likes to be challenged, but he''s heard about Mary''s fame and how good she is with her violin, but he doesn''t let that put him off, he promptly adjusts his position and his violin, resting it on his shoulder and chin, he fixes his right hand with the stick, and before playing he smiles and says: Unauthorized duplication: this tale has been taken without consent. Report sightings. "Okay, challenge accepted, but I expect you to keep your word." He then takes a deep breath, closes his eyes, and tries not to think about how long he hasn''t been practicing. He just relaxes and plays something short and with a deep melody, a song he has written, but which he hasn''t finished. He decides not to play a classic, he feels he needs to finish composing his song, but it''s incomplete, because Luan feels there''s something missing to complete it. He plays calmly at first, but then goes deeper, making it deeper and deeper, one of the strings breaks, cutting one of his fingers, yes they need to be changed, Luan decides to continue even though he''s bleeding, then breaks another string, his song comes to an end, that''s how far he''s managed to write it, then stops. The girls are impressed and applaud him, but at the same time they see that he is bleeding, Lena is worried, Mary knows that this can happen, it''s normal, but she knows that it''s difficult to stop in the middle of a melody, she had never heard this melody, she thought he was going to play something classical, and she says: "I thought you were going to go for something classical, but I liked your boldness, and this melody sounds very good, but it seems incomplete." Luan cleans his violin, which has ended up with blood on it, he puts it away so that he can change the strings, after all they should be worn out by the time he''s put it away, he closes his violin case and looks at his watch, another 5 minutes have passed, and he can no longer play his violin for an hour, so he turns to Mary and says: "I couldn''t finish playing the song, but I have a few minutes left, can I try another instrument?" Lena worries, she grabs a handkerchief and some antiseptic and a bandage from her backpack after all she always trains with the girls and they always end up hurting themselves somehow, and goes towards Luan, she takes his hand and says: "First, I''m going to take care of your wound." Luan tries to pull his hand away and refuse, but Lena holds it tight, he sees no other way but to let her clean it and put the bandage on, so she does, cleans and disinfects it and then puts the bandage on, and says "There, now you can play any instrument you want in this room." Mary just stares in disbelief and irritation, she hasn''t even had time to reply to Luan, and Lena has already authorized him to play any instrument, she puts her hand on her head and replies: "Ok, ok choose another instrument, faster your time is running out" She points to the clock, Luan knows how much time he has left, it''s enough for one more song, he goes towards the piano and somehow he recognizes it, he looks at the details, it looks so familiar, but he has no memories about it, Mary tries to restrain him, but Lena pulls his arm, and shakes her head in the negative, and that she should let him play the instrument he wants to play. she retorts to Lena: "But that piano belongs to Right Han Becker''s son..." Lena retorts: "I know, I know, but he left it here for other students to use, but no student dared to touch it." ...continued... Flashback 1 year ago.Part 3 Mary smiles, she always keeps it clean, but she doesn''t know exactly what the condition of the piano is, she just strums it from time to time, just to make sure it''s okay, she prefers to play the violin to the piano, then Luan adjusts the stool to sit on, it looks firm, he slowly strokes the piano keys, He decides at the moment to opt for a classic, since he intended to rehearse his music alone and not with people watching, he chooses Chopin, and a more cheerful melody, Luan executes with great mastery, After all, the piano is the instrument he''s most proficient on. He likes the violin, but due to a certain trauma, he stopped playing it very often and started to dedicate himself more to the piano, and the keyboard is his current favorite instrument. 6 more minutes pass, and he manages to play a melody completely, It''s pleasant to listen to, and Luan feels happy to be playing it. When it''s over, the girls applaud him, he looks at his watch, because he knows he has to go to his grandmother Han''s house to train with his cousin, who barely looks at him. He sighs deeply and gets up from the stool, and says goodbye to the girls: "Well, thank you, I have to go, sorry for the inconvenience." Mary rolls her eyes, watching him go and says: "Wait, aren''t you going to wait for what I have to say about it?" Luan stops, and in fact he knows she has something to say and interrupts her: "All right, I''ll be scheduling it like you said, I have to go." Mary goes after Luan, pulls him by the arm and says: "At least listen to what I have to say, I know I''m sounding annoying, but I''m sticking to what I said, you''re free to come at any time you want, so let it be according to what''s on the schedule, without affecting another student''s timetable." Support the creativity of authors by visiting the original site for this novel and more. Luan nods, she seems in a hurry now, he just says: "Okay, thanks, but I really need to go now, could you let go of my arm? Mary sees that she is holding his arm, squeezing it tightly, she quickly releases it, and says goodbye, Lena is still in a trance, she seems to have seen an angel, but she doesn''t know that he is the opposite of that, after all he is a demi-human. Derick, who is at the door listening, sees when Luan gets up and leaves, before Luan sees him, he thinks as he walks: (For a troublemaker, I''m surprised he knows how to play instruments, it seems he doesn''t just live to pick fights). Luan quickly leaves the music room, and knows that it''s too late for his training, he should already be on his way, Derick is saying goodbye to his colleagues, and notices Luan passing him, but Luan has a serious face, unlike his normal one, which is always laughing and making jokes, Luan notices that Derick is looking at him and looks in his direction, their gazes cross and it seems like sparks are going to come out, Derick disguises it, looking the other way, he picks up his backpack and heads for the school''s exit gate, the driver is already waiting for him, along with his grandfather Han, Luan follows him to the exit gate before he picks up his bicycle which is tied up in the area reserved for bicycles, Derick gets into the car, he even waits for Luan, but he walks straight past with his bicycle and continues on his way to Grandpa Han''s house, Derick slams the car door angrily and says: "What an idiot, I even left the door open for him to get in...he rode straight past!" Grandpa Han is sitting next to him, calms him down and says: "Derick, leave the boy alone, he''d rather go to his bike training, that way he''ll warm up, you should keep him company." Derick grumbles: "No way, I''m leaving with him, let him go alone." Grandpa scratches her moustache and scolds him: "Derick, be patient, you need to get along with him, he''s your cousin, it''s all new to him, it''s not so easy having to adapt to new environments, new languages, and especially being with people he doesn''t remember, we''re the family he has left, but at the same time we''re strangers to him." Derick takes a deep breath and asks: "Does he really not remember us, or does he pretend he doesn''t?" Grandpa Han sighs deeply and says: "Pff, he really doesn''t remember, his memory has been erased, or rather something is depriving him of the memories of his childhood." Derick doesn''t understand why she said "something", but he notices his grandmother''s silence and prefers to leave this question for another time. Chapter 30- New Years parties. Part 2 Luan takes a shower, and falls asleep in his new bed, he loses track of how long he''s been asleep, due to his tiredness the night of December 24th passes, and he wakes up at 12pm on December 25th, he hears some voices coming from downstairs, he yawns and looks at his watch, it''s him, he''s slept a lot, it seems that his strength has been renewed, he goes to the bathroom to wash his face, and he hears someone knocking on his door, he goes to his door and opens it, it''s Derick, he looks at him with a face of debauchery and says: "Wow, you again, apparently you can''t live without me anymore Derick, I''m alive if that''s what you came to check. Haha" Derick frowns, and pushes open the door to enter the room, he is impressed by the size of the room, it''s bigger than Derick, he then says: "You''re like a weed Luan, it''s hard to kill you, but with all this space you have, you don''t even need to leave your room anymore, by the way I''m going to ask Uncle Luke to put another bed on this side, so I can do the same as you do when you''re in my room, come whenever you want, lie on MY brother''s bed, let''s see how you like it." Luan yawns again and says: "This is temporary, we''ll go back to our place soon, you don''t even have to ask for a second bed." Derick looks at Luan and retorts: "Are you sure it''s temporary? This room is three times the size of the room in that house, it would be a shame not to take advantage of it, after all, this was once your house, and it''s still Luan''s." Luan cracks his neck, his body feels sore from sleeping so much, he grabs some clothes from the closet, it''s so big that he feels lost, looking for his usual clothes, the ones he wears the most, he comes back with a few pieces and says: Unauthorized usage: this tale is on Amazon without the author''s consent. Report any sightings. "I need to think about it, now get out, I want to take a shower, apparently the house is full today." Derick laughs, as he leaves he says: "Yes, it''s Christmas, you usually celebrate, so we''ve come to celebrate with you." Luan smiles, it''s a bit strange to hear that, demi-humans celebrating Christmas, but it sounds nice to his ears, after all his maternal grandparents always made a point of celebrating, even if they were wizards, the important thing is to be with your family and those you love, he hurries to take a shower, changes and goes down to the dining room, the table is already full of food, fruit, drinks, sweets, so he cheers up, his family are all talking, his father is sitting next to his guy Justin, and Grandpa Han, they''re arguing about something, His mother is sitting with her aunt Jully and grandma Stacy in the kitchen, they seem to be working hard, his mother is a bit more awkward, she has a bandaged hand, but as she used to work as a waitress, she manages to balance the tray well, just as he''s about to help her, his father passes in front of him, and goes towards his mother to help her, she smiles and thanks him, Luan stares at the scene, something seems strange, a few months ago she wanted to hang his father, but now it seems different, what could this mean? Ana notices that Luan has woken up and greets him: "Luan, you''re awake, how nice, let''s go and serve lunch!" His father greets him, running his hand over Luan''s head, looking like he''s stroking a puppy, then his father says: "Welcome back, I hope you like your new room." Luan doesn''t react, he looks shy, he''s still slowly getting used to the situation, especially seeing his father every day now, before it was only at school, on sporadic days, but his father seems so different from what his maternal grandparents used to say, not that they said bad things, but they preferred to keep him away from the Becker family, But looking at it this way, what harm could his father do, his fame as a hunter is unquestionable, he was very good, and Luan has already heard the term that his father, was the "DSO''s favorite hunting dog", of course with the help of a demon that possessed him, in fact better not even mention it or he''ll hear you and decide to show up Luan. .oups too late, a voice echoes in Luan''s mind: "I like this guy, at least I could take over a lot of the time, and I wouldn''t be kept waiting like someone here lets me..." Luan frowns, because it''s the bone-breaking demon, it''s appearing with a certain frequency, he answers it mentally: "It''s Christmas today, the only one who shows up is Santa Claus, but we can negotiate that later." "As usual, I have to wait, what the hell..." .... Chapter 30- New Years parties. Part 3 Everyone then goes to lunch and celebrates, while they''re talking at the table, Luan is playing with Derick''s little brother Ryan, they love playing with each other, that''s because he''s only 3 years old, Luan seems to be the same age as him, and Derick is sitting reading something as usual, then his uncle Justin, laughs, and nudges Luan''s father and whispers to him: "I think Luan needs a little brother or sister, what do you think Luke?" Luke is surprised by what his brother says, as he looks at Luan playing with his little cousin, but he''s not wrong, that really was Luke''s wish, if he could have a chance for that to become real again, he''d be happy, he smiles and replies quietly to Justin: "Bro, it doesn''t just depend on me, it depends on someone else''s will." Justin decides to extinguish him, and whispers again: "I heard you two slept together last night." Luke rolls his eyes, looking surprised that this has reached his ears, he just wanted to keep Ana company, and they ended up sleeping together, did Ana tell Jully something, his brother''s wife, no Ana wouldn''t talk about it, so who would it be, Luke retorts: "Apparently the walls of my house have ears and mouths, who told you?" Justin gives a broad smile, then laughs, Luke looks confused and doesn''t understand, he frowns, then he decides to say: "Nobody told me, I just deduced, and you just confirmed what I thought." Luke grimaces, his brother is always eager and perceptive when he wants to be, and he''s fallen into his brother''s trap, there''s nothing to hide now, he just signals Justin to be quiet and keep it a secret, his brother understands him well, so there''s no need to prolong the subject. Everything is going well, everyone is celebrating, then suddenly Santa Claus appears, yes it''s Grandpa Han dressed as Santa Claus, he''s wearing a wig and a fake beard, and the usual red clothes of the good old man, he has chosen not to use a spell, but he really hopes that his youngest grandson doesn''t pull his beard and discover his disguise, As soon as he enters, Luan starts to laugh. He tries to disguise it by leaning his face on Derick''s shoulder, who is also trying not to laugh at the situation, but then he nudges Luan, because Santa Claus is standing in front of him, waiting for him to pick up the present he is holding. "Cof ,cof, your present Luan Bianchi Becker, even though you haven''t obeyed properly, have been stubborn, and sometimes lazy, I can consider you to have been a "good boy", ho ho ho. This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere. Apparently Luan has been humiliated and mocked, but he tries to overlook the "good boy" part, as it''s Santa''s turn to deliver the present to Derick, who, unlike Luan, hears nothing but praise. "Now it''s your turn Derick Becker, what can I say about you, an intelligent, responsible, hard-working boy with a bright future, you''re an excellent boy, here''s your present." Luan stands to the side listening, they were only compliments, different from the words he heard, but he takes it in jest with his acid humor when it comes to his grandfather, he knows that his grandfather meant those words, but he is not satisfied, and decides to test his grandfather''s disguise, he turns to his little cousin Ryan and says: "Ryan, how about you pull Santa''s beard, and see if it''s real?" Grandpa Han stares incredulously at Luan and says: "How about you return your present, you''re not being a "good boy". Luan holds his gift box tightly, shakes his head in the negative and says: "No, what''s given can''t be stolen." Ryan seems curious now about Santa''s beard, Grandpa Han sees no other way but to use a spell to glue his beard temporarily, Luan sees him using magic for his spell, Ryan then pulls the beard and it really looks like the real thing, he opens his mouth in surprise, turns to Luna and says: "Wow, the beard, it''s real, Lulu" Luan looks dejected, but he expected it, his grandfather is very astute, they go to take some photos with Santa Claus, Luan takes the opportunity to play once again, and make horns with his hand, on Santa''s head, while he is crouching with Ryan, boy Luan is very playful that day, it''s time for Grandpa to change and go back to being Grandpa Han, the only problem is that the beard spell is still active, it''ll be a while before the spell wears off, he wraps a scarf between his neck and face, to disguise himself as he says goodbye and so that his grandson Ryan doesn''t get suspicious if he sees him with a beard, but Ryan is clever and asks: "Grandpa, are you cold?" Grandpa Han disguises himself and says: "Yes, Grandpa''s quite old, so I''m quite cold!" They''re at the gate, saying goodbye, Luan doesn''t miss a chance to laugh at his grandfather, his grandfather comes up to him and when he''s about to hug him, he pulls Luan''s ear: "Oh, my ear, let go, let go..." Grandpa Han then says: "Did you have a good time today, dear grandson?!" Luan struggles with the pain of his ear being pulled, but his grandfather lets go straight away and says goodbye, while a black motorcycle is stopped a few meters away, next to another house, and the rider is all in black, including his helmet, but the visor of the helmet is up, he seems to be looking at Luan''s family members, to Grandpa, Grandma, then Justin, and to Jully who is holding Ryan, who seems to be asleep, then he looks at Luan, who has already noticed his presence and is looking at him, apparently he doesn''t seem to be dangerous, just that he is waiting for someone, and has just noticed his family talking loudly and saying goodbye, a few seconds pass while the two of them look at each other, the biker then disguises himself by looking to the side and closing the visor of his helmet, and someone gets on the back of his motorcycle, with his helmet on he can''t see who it is, his relatives have already got into the car, and are starting to drive away, the biker starts his motorcycle, The biker ends up making a sign of peace and love, apparently to Luan, because he is the only one left on the sidewalk, his parents and Derick, who is staying to sleep at their house, are waiting for him just inside the gate, calling out to him. Luan doesn''t understand and thinks: (That, what was that peace and love, that was for me? It can''t be, I don''t know the rider or the license plate). Meanwhile, the person on the back of the motorcycle asks the biker what he''s up to: "By any chance, is that Luan?" The motoclycle smiles and replies: "Yes, that''s Luan." Chapter 31- Time to visit my Portal Love this story? Find the genuine version on the author''s preferred platform and support their work! Chapter 32- Southern District – Part 1 As soon as it opens, he takes Derick''s and the demon''s arm, and they enter the portal, as soon as they leave it, they are in another place, it looks like a military area, there are large buildings, not very different from what Luan read in the books, because it is in hell, this still surprises them, where did all this material come from, that they were built, they don''t just look like they were found walking through hell, they seem to have been transported from another place, yes this is possible through spells, and in the opening of portals, Luan is impressed, and thinks about transporting a house to his Portal, it would be interesting for the demons to have a house too, why not, they blend in with the other demons present, some wear long robes, others masks, so they can easily blend in with the others, the demon asks them to follow him to a port, there is a village apparently, families there, just like the two saw on the mission, when they were in a village near the then Mission Palace, there are different districts in hell, each one is specific to something, there is the famous valley of souls, yes it really exists, and many souls are sent there. They walk for a few minutes and arrive at a village, Luan does a partial memory blocking spell on the demon, and only the owner of the spell can break it, the demon seems a little confused, but he meets a relative again, he says something to his relative and looks towards Luan and Derick they wear their usual gowns and masks all the time, so they can blend in with the crowd, the demon looks at them and doesn''t seem to recognize them, he just thinks they''re different and heads for his house, the two go on their way and so as not to attract too much attention, Luan changes the coordinate on his watch, he pauses the time on his watch, touches Derick''s hand so that he can move in the stopped time, but Luan looks to the side of the alley and notices that someone is running and running away and right behind him he notices that there are guards running after her, It''s a female demon, she''s wearing medieval style clothes, and the guards are wearing masks and armor, time is paused so Luan tries to analyze the situation, he remains silent for a moment, turns to Derick and speaks: "Would it be a good idea to help her, or continue on our way home, Derick?" This content has been misappropriated from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere. Derick can move as soon as Luan touches his arm, he sighs, because he knows that Luan always interferes when he sees a fight going on, and he comes to the defense of the one he thinks is the victim, he tries to argue: "Luan, we need to go back, you shouldn''t meddle, we''re in a District and we don''t know how things work around here...." Derick then notices a silence, he turns to the side and notices that Luan is no longer at his side, he is already close to the female demon almost touching her arm, to bring her back to her paused time, he sighs angrily and says: "Pfft, damn it Luan, what are you doing there? You must be trying to kill us, don''t even think about touching her!" Luan stops for a second, and looks at Derick, he''s right to a certain extent, he doesn''t know exactly what''s going on, but his instinct tells him that he needs to intervene somehow, he notices a necklace around the female demon''s neck, it''s not common for demons to wear accessories like that, he looks at her medieval style clothes, there''s a whole medieval aspect to the whole environment, he notices a dagger in her belt and it seems to be trying to hide it, could she have stolen it? he scratches his head in doubt, and decides to touch her arm, but takes a few steps back, quickly moving away from her, this makes her move, she looks very scared, but notices that the guards are still, time is stopped, she notices two people wearing masks, she looks scared now, she takes her dagger from her belt and points it at Luan and Derick, and gets into an attack position. Derick closes his eyes and sighs deeply in annoyance and thinks to himself: ("As if he''d listen to me....Pfft...) While Luan is standing there thinking about what to say, but remembers that she probably won''t understand his language, he still tries to say something by waving his hand and trying to remember what he read in the books, something that means a sign of Peace: "Hello, we''re trying to help you, you probably won''t understand me, but we''ve come in Peace, what was the sign again...Hmn" Luan has barely finished speaking, when the female demon throws her dagger in his direction, he quickly moves his head to dodge, but the dagger ends up bumping into his mask, he is still trying to get used to the weight of the mask, making him a little slower than usual, he sighs: "Oops... I guess that''s not the sign of peace." .....continued Chapter 32- Southern District – Part 2 Derick already expected her to act in some way, he doesn''t seem surprised, so he quickly picks up his elemental bow and arrow and points it at her, showing he can shoot the arrow at any time, regardless of whether Luan is wrong or not in his attitude, he will come out in her defense, the female demon stands still now, feeling threatened by the elemental bow and arrow pointed in his direction, Luan picks up the dagger she threw at him lying on the ground, time is paused so there''s no way the dagger can go beyond the space of time, he looks at the dagger for a moment analyzing it, its handles have very sophisticated details, could this dagger have been made by some artisan in hell, in part it could because it is a metal that can hurt and be enchanted, so it can control a demon for a short time, leaving it without movement, it is used more to mark demons so that they can be conjured and sent back to the portal of Hell, because this demon would be using a dagger of this type, Luan can''t sense magic coming from this female demon, so she probably only uses the dagger to defend herself, but what would she be running from, Luan sees no other way than having to ask his host for help mentally: "Hey wake up, I need your help as a translator again..." "Pfft, you''re kidding with my face brat, you''re in a District don''t be reckless!" Luan is aware of his attitude, he really has forgotten that he is in a District in hell, he can''t act recklessly, or it would put them in a difficult situation, luckily for him he has the power to control time, so he can get out unscathed this time, without the guards noticing their presence, he looks at the timer on his watch running on paused time, he can''t take more than 1 hour, it''s been 5 minutes, since the time has passed, Derick continues with his bow and arrow pointed at the female demon, waiting for an order from Luan, but his host takes over and answers for him: Love this story? Find the genuine version on the author''s preferred platform and support their work! "Relax, I''ll sort out the boy''s recklessness..." Derick realizes that the Devil Bone Breaker has taken over Luan''s mind again, he thinks this is a bit risky for a single day, and this could become recurrent, if Luan doesn''t take due care, and definitively loses his consciousness to his host, he undoes his aiming position with the bow and arrow, lowering his bow and arrow but still keeping the arrow equipped on his bow, in case he needs to change targets, The host makes a sign with his hand in a sign of Peace, the sign that Luan was trying to remember, the female demon tries to move but feels like a "magnet" holding her movements, she realizes that this magnet actually comes from the power of the masked person, the one who touched and who somehow paused time, and now seems to deprive her movements, she decides to ask in a different language: "Who are you? Why are you disturbing me?" The host notices her dialect, from the Southern District, he doesn''t seem too worried, she doesn''t seem that dangerous, he continues to use his power so that she doesn''t try to attack him again, he then asks using his dialect: "It''s not you who should be asking questions, it''s me, and you seem to be running away from the guards, what did you do to have to run away from them?" The female demon seems surprised to hear the masked man with a different voice, speaking in her dialect, she tries to move, but can''t, there''s no escape at the moment, so she decides to explain in a few words: "I went to rescue a friend in prison, he was unjustly imprisoned, but I ended up getting separated from him on the run, while distracting the guards, but I met you on the way, and I thought you were chasing me too." The Host scratches his head, apparently that''s what Luan thought, that she might be on the run, but he''s not entirely sure, if what she says is true, she uses her power making her arm start to hurt, her bones seem to want to break, it''s a strong pain, she moans in pain, he decides to ask her one last time: "Are you telling the truth? Because if you''re not, I''ll break all your bones, starting with your arm." The female demon moans in pain and interrupts him, trying to plead that he really is telling the truth: "Ouch, please stop, I''m really speaking...the truth..." The host sighs in disappointment, he really wanted to break some bones, but then he stops using his power against her, letting her move freely so that the pain goes away little by little, until her pain goes away. .... Chapter 32- Southern District – Part 3 He looks at his watch, it''s been more than 15 minutes of paused time and he needs to decide what he''s going to do about the female demon, since Luan intervened in her escape, he needs to finish what he started, luckily he knows the Southern District well, but he doesn''t intend to help her by taking her to the location she needs, he just says he''ll help her hide from the guards: ¡°I''ll just help you hide, the rest is up to you.¡± He turns to Derick, and they both agree to help her hide, they look at the walls around the village, there are some houses built in this village with thatched roofs, others look more elaborate made of stone, they are not very high, they could hide there, But the demon points to the path ahead, as if she wants them to leave her there, so they run to the place she has pointed out, to a large wooden gate that looks like an abandoned stone house, but it has a large yard, it is strange that there is no one inside, time is still paused, Luan needs to hurry, the demon seems to know the house well and shows that there is a secret lock in one of the rooms that leads to an underground cellar in the house, it would be a good temporary hiding place for the demon, they take a brief look, it looks like a good hiding place, they then enter the underground cellar which leads to another exit, they come out at another location, they seem to be close to another military base, here they are looking at the location, there are some prison cages ahead, and again the demon points to one of the cages, Derick pulls Luan by the arm and says: ¡°You didn''t say we''d only help her hide, why does it look like we''re helping her free someone who seems to be trapped here? The host seems to be interested in finding out what she was really trying to do now, because she has had a sudden change of behavior, as soon as Derick looks at Luan''s eyes, he notices that her irises look normal, meaning that Luan is conscious again, he seems a little puzzled, Luan can control her consciousness with her host, without having to use the enchanted hypersonic whistle, this seems strange, but not very reliable. Derick complains: The narrative has been taken without permission. Report any sightings. ¡°Now it makes sense, it had to be Mr. Curious...tsc, tsc¡± Luan smiles, he''s really curious to know what the demon was trying to do, but is it safe for him to just free someone, that he can''t see from afar, he then goes closer to the cage, to end his curiosity, getting closer he notices that it''s another demon, this one seems a little bigger, he thinks to himself: (Is it all right to help a demon I don''t know free another demon, without knowing who they really are? They''re hugging, are they a couple? Okay, I''d better not get more involved than that). The demon ends up unlocking the padlock on the cage, and freeing the other demon, apparently everything seems ok, but it''s time for Luan to speed them up and leave, going back the same way to the basement with the then ¡°couple¡±, 40 minutes have passed, time for Luan to hurry, he needs to unpause time, and they need to leave as soon as possible, as soon as time starts running again, he doesn''t necessarily need to pause time again to open another portal, while the then couple goes back to the underground passage, Luan tells Derick that he''s going to open the portal for them to leave, but suddenly they feel the ground start to shake, and they hear something approaching very, very fast, they start to run, when in doubt it''s better to run, but they''re still in the prison, there seem to be several paths, the strange thing is that there''s no guard, in their case it''s not such a hand, otherwise they''d be in a more complicated situation, they arrive at a dead end, Derick starts swearing at Luan: ¡°Hell, who told you to be curious and go where you don''t belong!¡± Did Luan really act on impulse? He himself was at a loss to understand why he wanted to help that female demon. Finally, it was time to act quickly. He opened the penultimate coordinate and made a sign with his hands to open a new portal. As soon as he started to open the portal, Luan noticed that right behind them there was a demon with wings, but this demon had four legs, Derick enters the portal, Luan is still standing in front of the portal, trying to analyze what this figure in front of him is, it looks like a medium-sized dog, the then dog demon looks at Luan, he starts to walk towards Luan, every time his paws move they cause the whole floor to start shaking, Luan decides to play with him saying: ¡°Come, come puppy.¡± But to Luan''s surprise, as he takes a step back to enter the portal, the demon dog quickly runs and jumps on him, passing through the portal next to Luan, causing him to fall backwards into his room and the demon dog on top of him and the portal closes, Luan''s mask falls off, the demon dog then licks his face right after, and barks, his parents hear a noise of something falling and then a bark, Derick stares in surprise, he also takes off his mask and puts his hand to his head: ¡°That''s all I need now... Luan, I''m going to kill you!¡± ..... Chapter 32- Southern District – Part 3 He looks at his watch, it''s been more than 15 minutes of paused time and he needs to decide what he''s going to do about the female demon, since Luan intervened in her escape, he needs to finish what he started, luckily he knows the Southern District well, but he doesn''t intend to help her by taking her to the location she needs, he just says he''ll help her hide from the guards: ¡°I''ll just help you hide, the rest is up to you.¡± He turns to Derick, and they both agree to help her hide, they look at the walls around the village, there are some houses built in this village with thatched roofs, others look more elaborate made of stone, they are not very high, they could hide there, But the demon points to the path ahead, as if she wants them to leave her there, so they run to the place she has pointed out, to a large wooden gate that looks like an abandoned stone house, but it has a large yard, it is strange that there is no one inside, time is still paused, Luan needs to hurry, the demon seems to know the house well and shows that there is a secret lock in one of the rooms that leads to an underground cellar in the house, it would be a good temporary hiding place for the demon, they take a brief look, it looks like a good hiding place, they then enter the underground cellar which leads to another exit, they come out at another location, they seem to be close to another military base, here they are looking at the location, there are some prison cages ahead, and again the demon points to one of the cages, Derick pulls Luan by the arm and says: ¡°You didn''t say we''d only help her hide, why does it look like we''re helping her free someone who seems to be trapped here? The host seems to be interested in finding out what she was really trying to do now, because she has had a sudden change of behavior, as soon as Derick looks at Luan''s eyes, he notices that her irises look normal, meaning that Luan is conscious again, he seems a little puzzled, Luan can control her consciousness with her host, without having to use the enchanted hypersonic whistle, this seems strange, but not very reliable. Derick complains: This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road. If you spot it on Amazon, please report it. ¡°Now it makes sense, it had to be Mr. Curious...tsc, tsc¡± Luan smiles, he''s really curious to know what the demon was trying to do, but is it safe for him to just free someone, that he can''t see from afar, he then goes closer to the cage, to end his curiosity, getting closer he notices that it''s another demon, this one seems a little bigger, he thinks to himself: (Is it all right to help a demon I don''t know free another demon, without knowing who they really are? They''re hugging, are they a couple? Okay, I''d better not get more involved than that). The demon ends up unlocking the padlock on the cage, and freeing the other demon, apparently everything seems ok, but it''s time for Luan to speed them up and leave, going back the same way to the basement with the then ¡°couple¡±, 40 minutes have passed, time for Luan to hurry, he needs to unpause time, and they need to leave as soon as possible, as soon as time starts running again, he doesn''t necessarily need to pause time again to open another portal, while the then couple goes back to the underground passage, Luan tells Derick that he''s going to open the portal for them to leave, but suddenly they feel the ground start to shake, and they hear something approaching very, very fast, they start to run, when in doubt it''s better to run, but they''re still in the prison, there seem to be several paths, the strange thing is that there''s no guard, in their case it''s not such a hand, otherwise they''d be in a more complicated situation, they arrive at a dead end, Derick starts swearing at Luan: ¡°Hell, who told you to be curious and go where you don''t belong!¡± Did Luan really act on impulse? He himself was at a loss to understand why he wanted to help that female demon. Finally, it was time to act quickly. He opened the penultimate coordinate and made a sign with his hands to open a new portal. As soon as he started to open the portal, Luan noticed that right behind them there was a demon with wings, but this demon had four legs, Derick enters the portal, Luan is still standing in front of the portal, trying to analyze what this figure in front of him is, it looks like a medium-sized dog, the then dog demon looks at Luan, he starts to walk towards Luan, every time his paws move they cause the whole floor to start shaking, Luan decides to play with him saying: ¡°Come, come puppy.¡± But to Luan''s surprise, as he takes a step back to enter the portal, the demon dog quickly runs and jumps on him, passing through the portal next to Luan, causing him to fall backwards into his room and the demon dog on top of him and the portal closes, Luan''s mask falls off, the demon dog then licks his face right after, and barks, his parents hear a noise of something falling and then a bark, Derick stares in surprise, he also takes off his mask and puts his hand to his head: ¡°That''s all I need now... Luan, I''m going to kill you!¡± ..... Chapter 33- A new Pet?! Part 1 Luan''s parents, who heard the noise, go to Luan''s room to check what that noise was, meanwhile Luan is still trying to get up from the floor, but the demon dog is a bit heavy, and those wings aren''t helping much, he seems to have a broken chain around his neck, Luan tries to hold him up by grabbing what''s left of his collar, he manages to get up with Derick''s help, the demon dog then sits down and sticks his tongue out, as if he were an ordinary dog, he has a friendly face, Luan looks thoughtfully at him and says: ¡°Damn, what do I do with you now?¡± Derick looks seriously at Luan, and comes up with a very simple and effective solution: ¡°Simple, open another portal and take him back.¡± Luan scratches his head and says: ¡°But he looks so cute, I could keep him!¡± Derick looks seriously at Luan again: ¡°You''re kidding, right? You can''t be serious....¡± He looks at Luan''s face, who is smiling and petting the demon dog, which seems to be a rather peculiar scene, so he deduces that Luan is serious. Luan''s father opens the bedroom door, a little worried, but soon understands the situation, when he sees the demon that looks like a demon dog with wings, and Luan playing with it, while Derick is also sitting watching the scene, Luke then asks: Support the creativity of authors by visiting the original site for this novel and more. ¡°Luan, I heard a noise, Oops that''s a District watchdog demon, right?¡± Luan then happily asks: ¡°I think so, but he''s so nice, can I keep him Dad?¡± Luke is speechless, he scratches his head, and Luan''s mother, Ana, soon arrives, also looking at this scene, and then says: ¡°Luan, I think you need to give him back before he knocks the whole house down.¡± Luan makes a face like a child''s when he wants a toy, with those begging eyes, and retorts: ¡°But he liked me, he just wants to play and he seemed lonely there.¡± Ana and Luke look at each other''s faces, they seem very confused about what to say, but they don''t know much about a watchdog demon, they only know it from books and ancient scriptures, their mother then suggests: ¡°Well, I think there must be some spell that can make it look like a normal dog, you can''t walk around with a dog with wings...¡± Luan looks at her hopefully: ¡°Then I can keep it, yay!¡± His mother Ana then tries to correct herself: ¡°No, that''s not what I said, we''re not at home Luan...I can''t decide like that.¡± Luke then looks at Ana with a certain sadness in his eyes and retorts: ¡°Well, this is your home too and it always will be Luan, your grandfather probably knows a spell, it would be good to check with him, what he thinks about it.¡± Ana realizes that she said something without thinking, maybe she was a bit rude, and notices that her father Luke leaves the room soon after, she decides to go after him, meanwhile Derick sighs and says: ¡°Pff, don''t get me into a situation like this again, sort it out yourself, because I''m going home!¡± And then Derick leaves, leaving Luan and the demon dog behind, Luan understands that he will have to resolve the situation alone, which he himself caused, but he doesn''t intend to return the demon dog, they both sympathized with each other, he then yawns he looks sleepy, Luan also looks a little tired, the time at the Gate of Hell is shorter than normal, it takes 4-5 hours at the gate, in normal time it''s only 40-50 minutes so it''s not too late to visit him at night, Luan needs to talk to his grandfather, he calls him to let him know he''s going to visit him, you can''t arrive with the demon out of the blue without warning: ¡°Hey, Grandpa, I need your help, I''ve found something so I''m taking it with me, see you soon.¡± ¡°Luan, what have you done now? I told you, if you find something, just leave it where it is, don''t interfere...¡± ... to be continued... Chapter 33- A new Pet?! Part 2 It doesn''t take long for Luan to open another portal to his grandfather''s office and take his new friend with him. Luckily, the office is very spacious, much to the surprise of his grandfather, who stares at Luan and the demon guard dog in disbelief. He puts his hand to his head: "Stubborn child, as usual you never listen to what I say..." Luan arrives smiling, because he knows he''s going to get a lecture from his grandfather, but his grandfather is right, he doesn''t seem to listen to him, he comes asking: "I need a spell to help me hide it..." But his grandfather interrupts him: "Luan, that''s a guard dog demon, probably from some prison or district, its job is to always be on guard, because it has powers, it doesn''t need guards, how did you get one of those?" Luan has forgotten for a moment that he''s talking to the former time conjurer, he''d better find a good excuse for this whole situation, a very quick one. (Damn, I forgot that he must know a lot more about the Districts of Hell than I do, I can''t talk about how I went to visit the District, I know). "Oh, we were on a DSO mission at the Hell Gate, and we ended up bumping into him, and he ended up entering my gate...hehe" His grandfather scratches his moustache, because it seems that some information is not right, he knows that his grandson doesn''t usually do something reckless, he could probably lie, because he knows Luan is always hiding something, but he must have a reason: This tale has been unlawfully obtained from Royal Road. If you discover it on Amazon, kindly report it."Apparently you don''t intend to return it to its rightful place, right?" Luan nods, confirming that he won''t be returning it, and the demon is now sleeping while Luan strokes it, this leaves his grandfather puzzled too, how something so supposedly fierce and imposing, is acting like a tame dog, well he decides that it might not be a bad idea for him to have a watchdog, or rather a demon watchdog, he takes some books from his extant, and some notes and shares them with his grandson: "Ok listen up then, do as it says here, you''ll need a collar with an enchantment, but you need to remove this one first, somehow this collar that was holding him was broken, thus breaking any possible control over him, this type of demon has a free spirit, but they are constantly imprisoned so that they can use their powers, that must be the information you''d like to know, Luan?" Luan paid attention to his grandfather''s words and his explanations, and yes, that was exactly the information he needed: "Hnm, so that means I can keep him, I knew something must not be right about him, his neck is badly hurt, this collar must be bothering him somehow, I''ll think of another incantation that won''t hurt him." His grandfather Han has some kind of healing ointment and he hands it to Luan. After all, his "new friend" has just looked suspiciously at his grandfather, indicating that only Luan can get close to him, Luan calms him down by saying: "All right, buddy, stay calm, after all that old man there could end up with me and you together, we''re no match for him." Grandpa Han grumbles: "What a cheeky boy, he looks like his father when he was younger..." Luan looks at him curiously, what would his father Luke have been like when he was younger, but that''s a story for Old Times, Luan finds another way to make an incantation, and removes his old collar, his new pet friend seems to be comfortable and safe now, so he just makes an incantation that protects him from possible aggressors, so the incantation can only be broken by the same person who created it, Luan makes another spell to disguise him to look like an ordinary dog, his wings are temporarily hidden. Chapter 34- New coworkers. Part 1 Luan finishes the disguise spell on his new pet, now he looks like a regular pit bull, only a little more robust, he returns to his father''s house, it''s already past 9pm, he needs to rest so he can go to DSO first thing in the morning, Luan and Derick will be introduced to their teammates, and their tormentors who will always be on a mission with them, First of all, to detect a possible invasion by an escaped demon, he leaves water and food for his new pet, but he hasn''t yet decided what to name it, his new pet doesn''t seem interested in food, he''ll have to research what kind of food is for a demon guard dog. He feels a little tired, his visit to his portal and to the portal of the Southern District, drains some of his magic and energy, he falls asleep soon in the company of his inseparable cat Mr. Fluffy, soon it''s dawn and he wakes up startled, with his cell phone ringing, it''s Derick calling: "Are you still asleep? Did you forget your appointment earlier today?" Luan answers his cell phone, but still looks sleepy and says: "Yamn, I''m on my way down..." 30 minutes pass, Luan takes a shower, changes his clothes, dries his hair with the hairdryer. When he turns off the hairdryer, he''s startled, he looks in the bathroom mirror and someone is standing behind him: "Ahh, what a fright Derick..." Derick looks at him with an unfriendly face and sighs: "Pfft, it''s been 30 minutes, and we''re late Luan!" Luan then looks at his watch and yes they are late, it was supposed to be 8 am at DSO, it''s already 8:30 am, he gives a yellow smile and disguises it: "Oops, I got the time wrong hehe" His phone buzzes with a voice message, and his supervisor asks where they are, as they are already late, Luan replies quickly by sending a voice message: "Good morning, sorry we had an unforeseen event, we''ll be right there." Luan plays with his cat, then checks on his new pet, he seems to be near the pool, together with his father''s dog, they seem to be getting on well for the first day, he''s just a little apprehensive about his cat, but he doesn''t have much time to think, he sets the coordinate on the clock and opens the portal to DSO, thus dispensing with Derick''s car, time stops and they enter the portal, and exit inside the entrance hall at DSO, they have to validate their entries with their badges, they greet some employees and go to the meeting room, where their supervisor is already waiting for them, together with their new teammates, the two enter and greet each other: Enjoying the story? Show your support by reading it on the official site. "Good morning, Supervisor, I''m sorry we had something to do." Luan fixes his hair, he doesn''t like to look bad, Derick rolls his eyes and thinks: (Pfft, the guy who can control time is late, his face doesn''t even twitch when I lie). Finally, the Supervisor asks them both to sit down, and introduces his two new companions: "All right, unforeseen events happen, Luan and Derick, I want you to meet your teammates, your two main tormentors, Collen and Cayden." Collen is a handsome, smiling boy with platinum hair. He extends his hand to Luan and smiles: "Hello, kids, we''ve finally met." Luan and Derick have seen him before, on the day of the Camp, he is the brother of their schoolmate Charlie, Luan and Derick greet him back by extending their hand and shaking it: "Sorry I''m late, it''s nice to meet you, please bear with these two newbies." Collen smiles, he doesn''t seem upset about waiting, he looks at Cayden he''s wearing his black hoodie, he just waves his hand, but it''s noticeable to see a part of his face that isn''t covered, he''s smiling, they seem to be two nice guys, very friendly. The supervisor opens his briefcase which contains some envelopes that look like invitations, he gives them to Luan, Derick, Collen and Caydan, they are invitations to the Descendants'' Ball, a masquerade ball that takes place months after the Awakening Test, which will take place in 20 days'' time, he takes the opportunity to explain the main dance of the evening, each person will be able to take a partner, Luan and Derick and the other young descendants invited, will have to do the compulsory practice of the main dance, already scheduled for the next few days, Luan doesn''t seem very excited especially after he found out that his partner had been chosen by someone, nor does Derick seem very excited, but participation is compulsory, Collen seems very excited, so he says: "The big descendants'' ball has finally arrived, the children are starting to discover new things, from it." Collen looks at Cayden, who gives him a somewhat amused and mischievous smile. Luan looks at them both confused, but he can''t figure out what they really mean, so he thinks to himself: (What did they mean, "discover new things", was it supposed to be just a dance, or must there be more to it than that?) Suddenly the room''s alarm lights up red, and starts ringing, the supervisor wanted them to go for a training session right after the meeting, but it looks like there won''t be any more time for today, Central notifies that a "demonic invasion" has been detected, and that the executioners need to go and check the location and perimeter of where it is, Collen and Cayden get up quickly, they zip up their black leather jackets and adjust their hoods, they signal to the supervisor that they are leaving: "We''re on our way, kids your training today will be in practice, I''ll send you the coordinates!" They quickly make their way to Cayden''s all-black motorcycle, which is parked right at the entrance to the DSO. They use some state-of-the-art technological equipment, which helps in the search: a tablet that Cayden keeps with him and a point they use in their ears to communicate, they put on their helmets, and notice that at first the signal seems to be coming from near a cemetery. ... Chapter 34- New coworkers. Part 2 Meanwhile, Luan and Derick get ready in their combat outfits, their leather jackets that are very resistant to possible damage, Derick leaves two of his bows and arrows in a cupboard in their room, locking it with a password, Luan usually carries his dagger in an armpit holster, a vest that makes it easier to carry and use his elemental dagger and ritual dagger, and a few other items that he puts in the pocket of his jacket, making it easier to use the elements (water, earth, fire) and his inseparable notebook. Meanwhile, the executioners Colen and Cayden arrive at the cemetery, but notice a thick fog covering the whole place, which is rapidly increasing, it''s already night and you can barely see the lights of the posts in the cemetery, the two feel the demonic presence but apparently it''s not just a single demon, so they decide to split up and each go one way, As soon as Colen follows the path to the left, he soon finds a kind of casul on the ground, there seems to be something inside them, but it''s not possible to get too close, it seems to be toxic, there''s a smell in the air and it''s not pleasant, it''s a strong smell, soon He starts coughing, he then covers his nose and mouth with the collar of his shirt, trying not to inhale such a substance, he notifies DSO on his phone: ¡°DSO, there is a lot of fog covering the whole place, and I found a cocoon, it seems to be like a plant, it gives off something with a very strong smell, making it impossible to breathe properly, probably the demon is collecting bodies, I will try to investigate further.¡± He then communicates with Cayden who has gone the right way, who has also found a cocoon, but he soon tries to use his whip of thorns which has an enchantment, but as soon as he hits it doesn''t have much effect on it, only the cocoon begins to release a seemingly toxic substance, Cayden also covers his mouth and nose with his blouse, and remembers having left his mask on the bike, he then sends a voice message to his colleague Collen, he taps on his headset: ¡°Hell, did you find any cocoons around too Collen? They must have some magical barrier protecting them, my whip can''t break them!¡± Collen replies:The narrative has been taken without authorization; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident. ¡°Yes, there are about 4 cocoons around here, and they do indeed look poisonous...¡± He uses the flashlight on his cell phone to try to illuminate the cocoon, to see what might be inside, he notices something inside them, he then continues his speech: ¡°There''s something inside them, they look like human bodies, we''ll need the boy''s help, I''ll call them!¡± Collen sends a message to DSO, who is listening in on the conversation, and they ask Luan and Derick to come and send the coordinates, while he and Cayden look for the demon that is causing the mist and the cocoons, as they still have no way of classifying the type and level of the demon. Luan and Derick are listening in, while the DSO tries to find some information on the demon with the characteristics mentioned by the two executioners, Luan looks through his notebook to see if he can find any information on the demon, but he remembers something that happened before, on the day of the Camp, there was a lot of fog, but the demon captured by his father wasn''t the cause of the fog, he has no powers, only size and physical strength, so by logic, there was another demon who wasn''t captured, and since he went unnoticed, this story is a bit suspicious, some information is missing. Luan reminds Derick about what happened at the camp, and they both go on alert, could it be a DSO test for them, but why would they involve innocent people if it really is a test? He adjusts the coordinate on his watch, well there''s no time to think too much, there''s only one way to find out, Derick takes his elemental bow and arrow and puts on his hood, just like Luan, who already leaves his elemental dagger in his right hand, he makes a sign of a circle then opens a portal and time stops, it''s exactly 9:30 am, the portal leads them to the cemetery, the fog seems even thicker, Luan warns his tormentors of their arrival: ¡°We''re here DSO, we''ll check the cocoons.¡± Derick remembered to take some PPE masks, since we know that the substance in the cocoon is apparently toxic, they put on the masks and Luan gets closer to the cocoon, to check that it really does look like bodies, then Luan tries to open the cocoon with his dagger, but it doesn''t really work, he needs some enchantment, they need to find the demon responsible for the mist and the cocoons, it has to be a level 3 up, Derick is a little apprehensive about leaving Luan alone, not so much for Luan but for his host the bone-breaking demon, if it decides to appear, he''s still not entirely sure if Luan can control it, after all the DSO doesn''t know about the ritual of 10 years ago having failed, and that Luan was possessed instead of his father, Derick comes back from his thoughts and speaks: ¡°Luan, we need to choose a path, but we need to see which way the executioners have chosen, right or left so we both go together. Luan agrees, and sends a voice message by clicking on his earpiece: ¡°Collen, which way did you and Cayden choose right or left?¡± Silent at first, Luan then calls them again: ¡°To repeat, which way did you choose right or left? Are you listening?¡± The silence still remains, this sounds a little strange, could something have happened, he then sighs and looks at Derick and speaks: ¡°We''re going to have to split up, Derick.¡± ...part 3 Chapter 34- First mission?! Part 1 But Luan points to his watch, and makes a signal to speak through their other voice channel, so the DSO can''t hear them, then he points to go together, and let the DSO think that each one has gone one way, if this is some kind of test or even a trap they will find out now, they use their demonic form now, now they can feel the presence of some demon, and vice versa, in case they are attacked, they sense something, everything indicates that it is on the left path, They soon start walking, but there is a lot of mist, Luan needs to use the control of the wind element to see if the mist dissipates a little, he makes a movement with his right hand back and forth, then with his left hand, his rhythm increases so that he can manipulate the air that forms through his movements, becoming the element of wind, he then blows the element, causing the mist to dissipate and this can show them the path, previously almost impossible to see, Luan manages to see further ahead, before the mist takes over again, they decide to run, making them more aware of a possible attack, they both look at each other, and know that they need to be prepared, they run, and as predicted something attacks them, something with tentacles, one of them attaches itself to Luan''s arm, he observes that it is green and is like a plant, which squeezes his arm more and more, he without thinking too much cuts it with his elemental dagger, making it shatter on the ground, but soon after he is attacked by another plant, he dodges, Derick isn''t hit, he has a lot of dexterity, and he notices that they are coming from one direction, he prepares his elemental arrow in his bow, and fires his arrow, and already prepares a second arrow, and he hits something, the mist begins to dissipate even more, making it possible to finally see what is attacking them, it is a demon of short stature, wearing ancient medieval clothes, and has a frog face, it is seen that one of the arrows hit his right arm. Apparently it was easy to hit him, but not everything is as it seems, he continues to move with the tentacles that come out of his back, theoretically he was supposed to be paralyzed by the effect of the elemental magic that is in the arrow, and Luan could conjure it, but soon afterwards the demon uses his power to grow new cocoons, but these look more like mandrakes in larger sizes, It''s a good thing Derick remembered to bring PPE masks for both of them, so they can''t inhale the poison. Luan makes a jewel sign with his finger to Derick, meaning (well done), and tries to think of something while dodging the countless tentacles of mandrakes that try to hit them, he takes a flask and his lighter from his vest as he runs in a circle around the demon, he knows that the water element won''t help at the moment, maybe it will make them stronger, as soon as he stops running he then lights the lighter and begins to manipulate the fire with his left hand, since his right hand needs to use a dagger to defend himself against the tentacles, While Derick fires countless arrows at each mandrake, slowing them down in their attacks, Luan, without taking long, begins to dissipate the element of fire in his hand, burning all the mandrakes, as they fall apart both with the elemental magic of the arrows and the fire that consumes them, Luan jokes: Stolen from Royal Road, this story should be reported if encountered on Amazon. ¡°Oups, a vegan barbecue coming up...¡± Derick laughs discreetly, as he knows his companion is full of jokes, but then reminds him: ¡°Luan, watch out for the demon, we need to catch him soon, or this barbecue won''t end today.¡± But Luan smiles and points to the ground, there''s a circle made of gunpowder, yes exactly Luan has brought a small flask of gunpowder, and a few small flasks of elements in his vest, mages need to be prepared for anything, after all they need to manipulate elements all the time, you can''t just create them, he lights his lighter again and ignites the black powder on the ground, taking the shape of the circle Luan has formed, making it impossible for the demon to escape, Luan increases his control over the fire element, while Derick and Luan stay inside the circle with the demon, in a short time the gas that is forming, begins to bother the demon and the excessive heat that begins to form in the circle, beginning to bother Luan and Derick, who can''t delay, Derick promptly takes two elemental arrows and shoots with his bow, Luan needs to go manual, he runs towards the frog demon, the demon tries to fire its tentacles, but Luan manages to dodge, managing to get close to the demon and hit it with his dagger in its belly, after all the demon is shorter than him, its eyes change color turning red and the eyeball black, which comes closer and speaks in a demonic language: ¡°You have two choices, to die or to live, I can leave you alive and send you to a safe place, what do you choose?¡± The Demon seems to understand what Luan is saying or should I correct devil braker bone, he even tries to resist, but Luan presses, but still his dagger in his belly, causing pain, the demon mumbles in a demonic language then groans in pain: ¡°I choose to live, this is just a test for you two...Arghh¡± Devil braker bone smiles, and slowly pulls his dagger out of the demon''s belly, after all he enjoys others feeling pain, and agony, that''s one of his greatest pleasures, he thinks: (Brat you were right, this was just a test, what an unusual way for DSO to test them, in the end do whatever you want with this demon, he must be of some use). ....Part 2